User's Model DY Manual Vortex Flowmeter - Insatech · Vortex Flowmeter (Integral Type, Remote Type) Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter (Remote Type) IM 01R06A00-01E-E ... 2.4 Piping

User'sManual

IM 01R06A00-01E-E

Model DYVortex Flowmeter(Integral Type, Remote Type)Model DYAVortex Flow Converter(Remote Type)

IM 01R06A00-01E-E3rd Edition, Jan. 2007

IM 01R06A00-01E-E3rd edition, Jan. 2007

i

CONTENTS

All Rights Reserved, Copyright © 2001. Yokogawa Electric Corporation

CONTENTSINTRODUCTION ............................................................................................. v1. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS ...................................................................1-1

1.1 Model and Specifications .................................................................................... 1-11.2 Precautions Regarding Transportation and Storage Location ........................ 1-11.3 Precautions Regarding Installation Locations .................................................. 1-1

2. INSTALLATION .......................................................................................2-12.1 Precautions Regarding Installation Locations .................................................. 2-12.2 Piping .................................................................................................................... 2-12.3 Precautions Regarding Installation .................................................................... 2-42.4 Piping to Improve Durability ............................................................................... 2-52.5 Cryogenic and High process Temperature Version Insulation........................ 2-52.6 Installing the Vortex Flow-meter ......................................................................... 2-6

3. WIRING ....................................................................................................3-13.1 Wiring Precautions .............................................................................................. 3-13.2 Wiring for Output Condition ................................................................................ 3-13.3 Connection ........................................................................................................... 3-23.4 Wiring Cables and Wires ..................................................................................... 3-43.5 Connection of the Remote Type Signal Cable................................................... 3-43.6 Method of Finishing the Signal Cable End(DYC) .............................................. 3-5

3.6.1 For Vortex Flowmeter (DY-N) .................................................................................. 3-53.6.2 For Vortex Flow Converter (DYA)............................................................................ 3-6

3.7 Wiring Cautions.................................................................................................... 3-73.8 Grounding ............................................................................................................. 3-7

4. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES .....................................................4-14.1 Construction of the Display ................................................................................ 4-14.2 Display Contents in Display Section .................................................................. 4-24.3 Display Contents in Display Section .................................................................. 4-3

4.3.1 Change the Display Mode from % Display to Engineering Unit............................ 4-44.3.2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Lower Display .......................................................... 4-5

4.4 Setting Mode......................................................................................................... 4-64.4.1 Structure of Setting Mode Display ........................................................................... 4-64.4.2 Method of Parameter Setting .................................................................................... 4-7

4.5 Operation for the BT200 ...................................................................................... 4-94.5.1 Connection Method for the BT200 ........................................................................... 4-94.5.2 Displaying Flow Rate Data ...................................................................................... 4-104.5.3 Setting Parameters .................................................................................................. 4-11

4.6 Operation for HART Communicator ................................................................. 4-134.6.1 Interconnection between digitalYEWFLO and HART Communicator ................ 4-134.6.2 Keys and Functions of Model 275 .......................................................................... 4-144.6.3 Display ...................................................................................................................... 4-154.6.4 Calling Up Menu Addresses ................................................................................... 4-164.6.5 Entering, Setting and Sending Data ...................................................................... 4-174.6.6 Parameters Configuration....................................................................................... 4-174.6.7 Unique Functions of HART Communicator .......................................................... 4-184.6.8 Data Renewing ......................................................................................................... 4-184.6.9 Checking for Problems ........................................................................................... 4-184.6.10 Write Protect .......................................................................................................... 4-194.6.11 Menu Tree .............................................................................................................. 4-20

iiIM 01R06A00-01E-E3rd edition, Jan. 2007

CONTENTS

5. Parameter Setup .....................................................................................5-15.1 Parameter Setup .................................................................................................. 5-15.2 Multi-Variable Type Parameter (Only for /MV) ................................................... 5-15.3 Parameters List .................................................................................................... 5-15.4 Parameter Description ......................................................................................... 5-95.5 Error Code Lists ................................................................................................. 5-17

6. OPERATION ............................................................................................6-16.1 Adjustment ........................................................................................................... 6-1

6.1.1 Zero Adjustment ........................................................................................................ 6-16.1.2 Span Adjustment ....................................................................................................... 6-16.1.3 Loop test ..................................................................................................................... 6-16.1.4 Totalizer Function Start and Totalized Value Reset ............................................... 6-16.1.5 Unit of Pulse Output (Scaling) .................................................................................. 6-26.1.6 Power Failure ............................................................................................................. 6-2

6.2 Adjustment for Manual Mode .............................................................................. 6-26.2.1 Low Cut Adjustment .................................................................................................. 6-26.2.2 Tuning ......................................................................................................................... 6-2

6.3 Other Maintenance ............................................................................................... 6-36.3.1 Cleaning Precautions ................................................................................................ 6-3

7. MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................7-17.1 Changing the Terminal Box Orientation ............................................................ 7-27.2 Indicator Removal and Rotation ......................................................................... 7-37.3 Amplifier Unit Removal........................................................................................ 7-37.4 Amplifier Unit Assembling .................................................................................. 7-37.5 Vortex Shedder Removal .................................................................................... 7-47.6 Setting Switches .................................................................................................. 7-6

7.6.1 Setting of Burnout Switch......................................................................................... 7-67.6.2 Setting of Write Protect Switch ................................................................................ 7-6

7.7 Software Configuration ....................................................................................... 7-78. TROUBLESHOOTING .............................................................................8-1

8.1 Flow ....................................................................................................................... 8-18.2 Flow (Only for /MV) .............................................................................................. 8-4

9. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................9-19.1 Outline ................................................................................................................... 9-19.2 Standard Specifications ...................................................................................... 9-29.3 Model and Suffix Codes ...................................................................................... 9-59.4 Option Specifications .......................................................................................... 9-7

9.4.1 Option Specifications ................................................................................................ 9-79.4.2 OPTION SPECIFICATIONS (For Explosion Protected Type) ................................. 9-99.4.3 OPTION MULTI-VARIABLE (BUILD IN TEMPERATURE SENSOR) TYPE (/MV) .. 9-119.4.4 OPTION REDUCED BORE TYPE (/R1, /R2) ............................................................ 9-12

9.5 Sizing .................................................................................................................. 9-149.6 REMARKS ON INSTALLATION ......................................................................... 9-199.7 External Dimensions ......................................................................................... 9-22


iii

CONTENTS

10. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT ..............................10-110.1 ATEX ................................................................................................................. 10-1

10.1.1 Technical Data ....................................................................................................... 10-110.1.2 Installation .............................................................................................................. 10-210.1.3 Operation ................................................................................................................ 10-210.1.4 Maintenance and Repair ....................................................................................... 10-210.1.5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsically safe (and Note) .......................................... 10-310.1.6 Installation Diagram of Type of Protection “n” .................................................. 10-310.1.7 Data Plate ............................................................................................................... 10-410.1.8 Screw Marking ....................................................................................................... 10-4

10.2 FM ...................................................................................................................... 10-510.2.1 Technical Data ....................................................................................................... 10-510.2.2 Wiring...................................................................................................................... 10-510.2.3 Operation ................................................................................................................ 10-510.2.4 Maintenance and Repair ....................................................................................... 10-510.2.5 Installation Diagram .............................................................................................. 10-610.2.6 Data Plate ............................................................................................................... 10-7

11. PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE ...............................................11-1

ivIM 01R06A00-01E-E3rd edition, Jan. 2007

CONTENTS

v

INTRODUCTION


INTRODUCTION

The DY series of vortex flowmeters have been fine-tuned toyour order specifications prior to shipment. Before use, readthis manual thoroughly and familiarize yourself fully withthe features, operations and handling of digitalYEWFLO tohave the instrument deliver its full capabilities and to ensureits efficient and correct use.

Notices Regarding This Manual• This manual should be passed to the end user.• The contents of this manual are subject to change without

prior notice.• All rights reserved. No part of this document may be

reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any meanswithout the written permission of Yokogawa ElectricCorporation (hereinafter simply referred to as Yokogawa).

• This manual neither does warrant the marketability of thisinstrument nor it does warrant that the instrument will suita particular purpose of the user.

• Every effort has been made to ensure accuracy in thecontents of this manual. However, should any questionsarise or errors come to your attention, please contact yournearest Yokogawa sales office that appears on the back ofthis manual or the sales representative from which youpurchased the product.

• This manual is not intended for models with customspecifications.

• Revisions may not always be made in this manual inconjunction with changes in specifications, constructionsand/or components if such changes are not deemed tointerfere with the instrument’s functionality or perfor-mance.

Notices Regarding Safety and Modification• For the protection and safety of personnel, the instrument

and the system comprising the instrument, be sure tofollow the instructions on safety described in this manualwhen handling the product. If you handle the instrumentin a manner contrary to these instructions, Yokogawadoes not guarantee safety.

• If this instrument is used in a manner not specified in thismanual, the protection provided by this instrument maybe impaired.

• As for explosionproof model, if you yourself repair ormodify the instrument and then fail to return it to itsoriginal form, the explosion-protected construction of theinstrument will be impaired, creating a hazardouscondition. Be sure to consult Yokogawa for repairs andmodifications.

Safety and Modification Precautions• The following general safety precautions must be

observed during all phases of operation, service, andrepair of this instrument. Failure to comply with theseprecautions or with specific WARNINGS given elsewherein this manual violates safety standards of design,manufacture, and intended use of the instrument.Yokogawa assumes no liability for the customer's failureto comply with these requirements. If this instrument isused in a manner not specified in this manual, theprotection provided by this instrument may be impaired.

• The following safety symbol marks are used in this user'smanual and instrument.

WARNING

A WARNING sign denotes a hazard. It calls attentionto procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, ifnot correctly performed or adhered to, could result ininjury or death of personnel.

CAUTION

A CAUTION sign denotes a hazard. It calls attentionto procedure, practice, condition or the like, which, ifnot correctly performed or adhered to, could result indamage to or destruction of part or all of the product.

IMPORTANT

An IMPORTANT sign denotes that attention isrequired to avoid damage to the instrument or systemfailure.

NOTE

A NOTE sign denotes information necessary foressential understanding of operation and fea-tures.

Functional grounding terminal

Direct current

vi

INTRODUCTION


Warranty• The warranty of this instrument shall cover the period

noted on the quotation presented to the Purchaser at thetime of purchase. The Seller shall repair the instrumentfree of charge when the failure occurred during thewarranty period.

• All inquiries on instrument failure should be directed tothe Seller’s sales representative from whom you purchasedthe instrument or your nearest sales office of the Seller.

• Should the instrument fail, contact the Seller specifyingthe model and instrument number of the product inquestion. Be specific in describing details on the failureand the process in which the failure occurred. It will behelpful if schematic diagrams and/or records of data areattached to the failed instrument.

• Whether or not the failed instrument should be repairedfree of charge shall be left solely to the discretion of theSeller as a result of an inspection by the Seller.

The Purchaser shall not be entitled to receiverepair services from the Seller free of charge,even during the warranty period, if themalfunction or damage is due to:

• improper and/or inadequate maintenance of the instrumentin question by the Purchaser.

• handling, use or storage of the instrument in questionbeyond the design and/or specifications requirements.

• use of the instrument in question in a location notconforming to the conditions specified in the Seller'sGeneral Specification or Instruction Manual.

• retrofitting and/or repair by an other party than the Selleror a party to whom the Seller has entrusted repairservices.

• improper relocation of the instrument in question afterdelivery.

• reason of force measure such as fires, earthquakes, storms/floods, thunder/lightning, or other reasons not attributableto the instrument in question.

vii

INTRODUCTION


Using the Vortex Flowmeter Safely

WARNING

(1) Installation• Installation of the vortex flowmeter must be

performed by expert engineer or skilled person-nel. No operator shall be permitted to performprocedures relating to installation.

• The vortex flowmeter is a heavy instrument.Be careful that no damage is caused to person-nel through accidentally dropping it, or byexerting excessive force on the vortex flowme-ter. When moving the vortex flowmeter, alwaysuse a trolley and have at least two people carryit.

• When the vortex flowmeter is processing hotfluids, the instrument itself may become ex-tremely hot. Take sufficient care not to getburnt.

• Where the fluid being processed is a toxicsubstance, avoid contact with the fluid andavoid inhaling any residual gas, even after theinstrument has been taken off the line formaintenance and so forth.

• All procedures relating to installation mustcomply with the electrical code of the countrywhere it is used.

(2) Wiring• The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be

performed by expert engineer or skilled person-nel. No operator shall be permitted to performprocedures relating to wiring.

• When connecting the wiring, check that thesupply voltage is within the range of the voltagespecified for this instrument before connectingthe power cable. In addition, check that novoltage is applied to the power cable beforeconnecting the wiring.

• The functional grounding must be connectedsecurely at the terminal with the mark toavoid danger to personnel.

(3) Operation• Only expert engineer or skilled personnel are

permitted to open the cover.(4) Maintenance• Maintenance on the vortex flowmeter should be

performed by expert engineer or skilled person-nel. No operator shall be permitted to performany operations relating to maintenance.

• Always conform to maintenance proceduresoutlined in this manual. If necessary, contactYokogawa.

• Care should be taken to prevent the build up ofdirt, dust or other substances on the displaypanel glass or data plate. If these surfaces doget dirty, wipe them clean with a soft dry cloth.

(5) Explosion Protected Type Instrument• For explosion proof type instrument, the de-

scription in Chapter 10 “EXPLOSION PRO-TECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT” is prior to theother description in this user's manual.

• Only trained persons use this instrument in theindustrial location.

• The functional grounding must be connectedto a suitable IS grounding system.

• Take care not to generate mechanical sparkwhen access to the instrument and peripheraldevices in hazardous locations.

(6) European Pressure Equipment Directive(PED)

• When using the instrument as a PED-compliantproduct, be sure to read Chapter 11 beforeuse.

viii

INTRODUCTION


ATEX DocumentationThis procedure is only applicable to the countries inEuropean Union.

GB

All instruction manuals for ATEX Ex related products areavailable in English, German and French. Should you requireEx related instructions in your local language, you are tocontact your nearest Yokogawa office or representative.

DK

Alle brugervejledninger for produkter relateret til ATEX Exer tilgængelige på engelsk, tysk og fransk. Skulle De ønskeyderligere oplysninger om håndtering af Ex produkter på egetsprog, kan De rette henvendelse herom til den nærmesteYokogawa afdeling eller forhandler.

I

Tutti i manuali operativi di prodotti ATEX contrassegnati conEx sono disponibili in inglese, tedesco e francese. Se sidesidera ricevere i manuali operativi di prodotti Ex in lingualocale, mettersi in contatto con l’ufficio Yokogawa più vicinoo con un rappresentante.

E

Todos los manuales de instrucciones para los productosantiexplosivos de ATEX están disponibles en inglés, alemány francés. Si desea solicitar las instrucciones de estosartículos antiexplosivos en su idioma local, deberá ponerse encontacto con la oficina o el representante de Yokogawa máscercano.

NL

Alle handleidingen voor producten die te maken hebben metATEX explosiebeveiliging (Ex) zijn verkrijgbaar in hetEngels, Duits en Frans. Neem, indien u aanwijzingen op hetgebied van explosiebeveiliging nodig hebt in uw eigen taal,contact op met de dichtstbijzijnde vestiging van Yokogawa ofmet een vertegenwoordiger.

SF

Kaikkien ATEX Ex -tyyppisten tuotteiden käyttöhjeet ovatsaatavilla englannin-, saksan- ja ranskankielisinä. Mikälitarvitsette Ex -tyyppisten tuotteiden ohjeita omallapaikallisella kielellännne, ottakaa yhteyttä lähimpäänYokogawa-toimistoon tai -edustajaan.

P

Todos os manuais de instruções referentes aos produtos Exda ATEX estão disponíveis em Inglês, Alemão e Francês. Senecessitar de instruções na sua língua relacionadas comprodutos Ex, deverá entrar em contacto com a delegaçãomais próxima ou com um representante da Yokogawa.

F

Tous les manuels d’instruction des produits ATEX Ex sontdisponibles en langue anglaise, allemande et française. Sivous nécessitez des instructions relatives aux produits Exdans votre langue, veuillez bien contacter votre représentantYokogawa le plus proche.

D

Alle Betriebsanleitungen für ATEX Ex bezogene Produktestehen in den Sprachen Englisch, Deutsch und Französischzur Verfügung. Sollten Sie die Betriebsanleitungen für Ex-Produkte in Ihrer Landessprache benötigen, setzen Sie sichbitte mit Ihrem örtlichen Yokogawa-Vertreter in Verbindung.

S

Alla instruktionsböcker för ATEX Ex (explosionssäkra)produkter är tillgängliga på engelska, tyska och franska. OmNi behöver instruktioner för dessa explosionssäkra produkterpå annat språk, skall Ni kontakta närmaste Yokogawakontoreller representant.

GR

Ολα τα εγχειριδια λειτουργιαζ τωυ προιουτϖυ µεΑΤΕX Εx διατιΘευται στα Αγγλικα, Γερµαυικακαι Γαλλικα. Σε περιπτωση που χρειαζεοτεοδηγιεζ σχετικα µε Ex στηυ τοπικη γλωσσαπαρακαλουµε επικοιυωυηστε µε το πλησιεστερογραϕειο τηζ Yokogawa η αντιπροσωπο τηζ.

ix

INTRODUCTION


LT

LV

PL

EST

SLO

H

BG

RO

M

CZ

SK

x

INTRODUCTION


1-1

1. HANDLING PRECAUTIONS



The Model DY Vortex Flowmeter and Model DYA VortexFlow Converter are thoroughly tested at the factory beforeshipment. When these instruments are delivered, perform avisual check to ascertain that no damage occurred duringshipment.

This section describes important cautions in handling theseinstruments. Read carefully before using them.

If you have any problems or questions, contact your nearestYOKOGAWA service center or sales representative.

1.1 Model and SpecificationsThe model and important specifications are indicated on thedata plate attached to the case. Verify that they are the sameas those specified in the original order, referring to paragraph9.2 to 9.5. In any correspondence, always give model(MODEL), serial number (NO) and calibrated range(RANGE) from the data plate.

F010101.EPS

*1): K factor at 15°C*2): The product - producing country.

TAG NO.4 ~ 20mA DC / PULSE

MPa at 38°C

10.5 ~ 42V DC 3UA

3UA

*1)

*2)

Figure 1.1(a) Example of Data Plate for Integral Type

F010102.EPS

TAG NO.4 ~ 20mA DC / PULSE

3YA

TAG NO.

3WA

10.5 ~ 42V DC

MPa at 38°C

Figure 1.1(b) Example of Data Plate for Remote Type

1.2 Precautions RegardingTransportation and StorageLocation

To protect against accidental damage to digitalYEWFLOwhile transporting it to a new location, pack it in the originalpacking as when shipped from the Yokogawa factory.

WARNING

The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument. Pleasebe careful to prevent persons from injuring when it ishandled.

Deterioration in insulation or corrosion can occur forunexpected reasons if digitalYEWFLO is left uninstalled fora prolonged period after delivery. If digitalYEWFLO is likelyto be stored over a prolonged period, observe the followingprecautions.

n Store the vortex flowmeter with forwarded statement.n Choose a storage location that satisfies the following

requirements:• Not exposed to rain or splashwater.• Less susceptible to mechanical vibration or shock.• Kept within the temperature and humidity ranges shown

in the following table, preferably at normal temperatureand humidity (approximately 25°C, 65%)

Temperature

Humidity

–40°C to +80°C

5 to 100% (no condensation)T010201.EPS

1.3 Precautions Regarding In-stallation Locations

(1) Ambient TemperatureAvoid an area which has wide temperature variations.When the installation area is subjected to heat radiationfrom process plant, ensure adequate heat prevention orventilation.

(2) Atmospheric ConditionsAvoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a corrosiveatmosphere. When the vortex flowmeter must beinstalled in a corrosive atmosphere, adequate ventilationmust be provided.

1-2



(3) Mechanical Shock or VibrationThe vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction, butselect an area subject to minimize mechanical vibrationsor impact shock. If the flowmeter is subject to vibra-tions, it is recommended that pipeline supports to beprovided as shown in Figure 1.2.

(4) Other Considerations• Choose a location where is sufficient clearance around

digitalYEWFLO exist to allow such work as routineinspections.

• Choose a location that ensures easy wiring and piping.

F010301.EPS

digitalYEWFLOVortex Flowmeter

Pipeline

Pipeline Support

Figure 1.2

2-1

2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION


2. INSTALLATION

WARNING

This instrument must be installed by expert engineeror skilled personnel. The procedures described in thischapter are not permitted for operators.

2.1 Precautions Regarding In-stallation Locations

(1) Ambient TemperatureAvoid an area which has wide temperature variations.When the installation area is subjected to heat radiationfrom process plant, ensure adequate heat prevention orventilation.

(2) Atmospheric ConditionsAvoid installing the vortex flowmeter in a corrosiveatmosphere. When the vortex flowmeter must beinstalled in a corrosive atmosphere, adequate ventilationmust be provided

(3) Mechanical Shock or VibrationThe vortex flowmeter is of sturdy construction, butselect an area subject to minimize mechanical vibrationor impact shock. If the flowmeter is subject to vibra-tions, it is recommended that pipeline supports to beprovided as shown in Figure 2.1.

F020101.EPS

digitalYEWFLOVortex Flowmeter

Pipeline

Pipeline Support

Figure 2.1

(4) Precautions Regarding Piping(a) Ensure that the process connector bolts are tightened

firmly.(b) Ensure that no leak exists in the process connection

pipeline.(c) Do not apply a pressure higher than the specified

maximum working pressure.(d) Do not loosen or tighten the flange mounting bolts when

the assembly is pressurized.(e) Handle the vortex flowmeter carefully when measuring

dangerous liquids, so that the liquids do not splash intoeyes or on face. When using dangerous gases, be carefulnot to inhale them.

2.2 PipingSee Table 2.1 about Valve Position and Straight Pipe Lengthand so on.

2-2



Piping supportTypical vibration immunity level is 1G for normal pipingcondition.Piping support should be fixed in case of over 1Gvibration level.

Installation directionIf a pipe is always filled with liquids, the pipe can beinstalled vertically or at inclined angle.

Adjacent pipesThe process pipline inner diameter should be larger thanthe digitalYEWFLO inner diameter.Use the following adjacent pipe:

Sch 40 or less:Model Code DY015 up to DY050

DY025-/R1 up to DY080-/R1DY040-/R2 up to DY100-/R2

Sch 80 or less:Model Code DY080 up to DY300

DY100-/R1 up to DY200-/R1DY150-/R2 up to DY200-/R2

Straight pipe length*D: piping diameter*K-factor may be influenced about 0.5% in case that straightpipe length of upstream is less than values below.

Table 2.1 Installation

Refer to each element above for straight pipe run.

Reducer pipe:Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more, and the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per reducer pipe.

Valve position and straight pipe length: Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowmeter. The upstream straight pipe length dependent on the element located on the upstream such as reducer/expander, bent and etc., refer to description as above. Keep 5D or more for downstream straight pipe length.

In case the valve has to be installed on the upstream of the flowmeter, ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 20D or more, and the downstream straight pipe length be 5D or more.

Piston-type or plunger pump:Install the accumulator on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO toreduce fluid vibrations.

Expander pipe:Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 10D or more, and the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per expander pipe.

Bent pipe and straight pipe length:1. Single bent pipe

2. Double bent pipe; coplanar

3. Double bent pipe; non coplanar

Fluid vibration:For a gas line which uses a position-type or roots-type blower compressor or a high-pressure liquid line (about 1MPa or more) which uses piston-type or plunger-type pump, fluid vibrations may be produced.In these case, install valve on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO. For inevitable fluid vibration, put a vibration damping device such as throttling plate or expansion section in the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO.

Description Figure

1.

2.

3.

digitalYEWFLO

Flow

5D or moreReducer

5D or more

digitalYEWFLO

Flow

10D or moreExpander

5D or more

digitalYEWFLO

F01.01.EPS

Flow digitalYEWFLO

digitalYEWFLO

Valve

5D or more20D or more

digitalYEWFLO

Flow

10D or more 5D or more

digitalYEWFLO

Flow


digitalYEWFLO

Flow


2-3



Description Figure

Heat-Insulation:When an integral-type flowmeter or a remote type detector is installed and the pipe carrying higt-temperature fluids is heat-insulated, do not wrap adiabatic materials around the installation bracket of the converter.• Refer to “2.5 Cryogenic and High Process Temperature Version Insulation” and install it rightly.

Flushing of the pipe line:Flush and clean scale, incrustation and sludge on the inside of pipe for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before the operation. For flushing, the flow should flow through bypass-piping to avoid damaging the flowmeter. If there is no bypass-piping, install short pipe instead of the flowmeter.

Mounting Gasket:Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipe line. This may cause inaccurate readings.Use the gaskets with bolt holes, even if digitalYEWFLO is the wafer type.When using a spiral gasket(without bolt holes), confirm the size with the gasket -manufacturer, as standard items may not be used for certain flange ratings.

Pressure and Temperature Taps:Pressure tap outlet: install this tap between 2D and 7D on the downstream side of a flowmeter.Temperature tap outlet: install this on the downstream side 1D to 2D away from a pressure tap.

Valve positon (T-type piping exist):When pulsation causes by a T-type piping exist, install the valve on the upstream of the flowmeter.Example:As shown in the figure, when the valve V1 is turned off, the fluid flow throught B as to meter A the flow is zero. But due to the pulsating pressure is detected, the meter is zero point become fluctuating. To avoid this, change the valve V1 location to V1'.• In case of the Reduced Bore type, moisture may be remained upstream of the flowmeter. Drain it appropriately.

F020102-2.EPS

Relocating

Valve (Off)Flow

B

A

V1’ V1

digitalYEWFLO

digitalYEWFLO

digitalYEWFLO

digitalYEWFLO

digitalYEWFLO

Pressure tapTemperature tap

Upstream

Flowdownstream

2 to 7D 1 to 2D

Pipeline FlangePipeline

Bracket

Heat-Insulator

No good

Short pipe

2-4



• Piping for Avoiding BubblesFlows containing both gas and liquid cause problems.Avoid gas bubbles in a liquid flow. Piping should becarried out to avoid bubble generation.Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowme-ter because pressure drop across the control valve maycause gas to come out of the solution.

F020303.EPS

Flow

Flow

Flow

(Good)

(Good)

(No Good)ControlValue

Figure 2.4

(3) Multi-Phase FlowdigitalYEWFLO can measure gas, liquid and steamwhen there is no change in state. However, accuratemeasurement of mixed flows (e.g. gas and liquid) is notpossible.

F020304.EPS

(No Good)

(No Good)

Mist flow

(No Good)

Stratified flow

Bubble flow

LiquidFlow

Gas Flow

Figure 2.5

2.3 Precautions Regarding In-stallation

WARNING

In case of high process temperature, care should betaken not to burn yourself because the surface ofbody and case reach a high temperature.

(1) Gas or Steam Measuring Precautions • Piping to Prevent Standing Liquid

Mount digitalYEWFLO in a vertical pipeline to avoidliquid traps. When digitalYEWFLO is installed horizon-tally, raise that part of the pipeline in which thedigitalYEWFLO is installed.

F020301.EPS

(Good)

(Good)

(No Good)

Flow

Flow

Flow

Figure 2.2

(2) Liquid Measurement PrecautionsTo insure accurate measurement, the digitalYEWFLOmust always have a full pipe.

• Piping Requirements for Proper OperationAllow the flow to flow against gravity. When the flow ismoving with gravity, lift the down-stream pipe lengthabove the digitalYEWFLO installation level to maintainfull pipeline.

Flow

Flow

FlowFlow

(No Good) (No Good)

(Good)

(Good)

h h>0

h h>0

F020302.EPS

Figure 2.3

2-5



(4) Pipeline Diameter and digitalYEWFLOThe process pipeline inner diameter should be slightlylarger than the vortex flowmeter inner diameter,schedule 40 or lower pipe should be used for 1/2 to 2inch flowmeters and schedule 80 or lower pipes for 3 to8 inch flowmeters.

F020305.EPS

(No Good) (Good)

D1

D1 < D2 D1 D2

D2 D1 D2

Figure 2.6

(5) Waterproof ConstructionThe vortex flowmeter is of IP67, NEMA4X tightprotection. However, it cannot be used under water.

2.4 Piping to Improve Durability(1) Pipe cleaning

• Flushing of pipe line (Cleaning)Flush and clean scale, incrustation and sludge on theinside of pipe wall for newly installed pipe line andrepaired pipe line before the operation.

• Fluid Carrying SolidsDo not measure fluids that carry solids (e.g. sand andpebbles). Make sure users periodically remove solidsadhering to the vortex shedder.

• Obstruction of flow fluids may cause to make a chemicalreaction and the fluid will be crystallized and hardened,and be deposited on the pipe wall and shedder bar.In those cases, clean shedder bar.

(2) Bypass pipingInstalling a bypass, as illustrated in the figure below,permits the digitalYEWFLO to be checked or cleanedconveniently (vortex shedder, etc.).

F020401.EPS

Flow

Bypass shut-off valve

Upstream shut-off valve Downstream shut-off valve

digitalYEWFLO

Figure 2.7

2.5 Cryogenic and High processTemperature Version Insula-tion

When you are using cryogenic type and high processtemperature version of digitalYEWFLO Vortex Flowmeter(Option code/HT /LT), refer to illustrated insulation methodas shown in Figure 2.8

(1) Installing Cryogenic Vortex FlowmeterFor cryogenic applications, use stainless steel mountingbolts and nuts to install the flowmeter. These can beordered separately from YOKOGAWA. Cover theflowmeter body with heat insulating material so that theflowmeter can be maintained at ultra-low temperatures(refer to the Figure 2.8).

(2) Maintenance for Cryogenic ApplicationsDY/LT uses special materials that produce vortexflowmeter for cryogenic applications. When you arereplacing a shedder bar, specify cryogenic type shedderbar. To avoid condensing in the terminal box, ensure thatthe wire connecting port is well sealed.

F020501.EPS

Bracket

Cold insulating material

Figure 2.8

(3) Installing High Process TemperatureVortex Flowmeter

Installation of the flowmeter is the same as the standardtype. Cover the flowmeter body with heat insulatingmaterial following instruction of “CAUTION”.

CAUTION

Keep the upper limit of heat insulating material toprevent overheating of the terminal box.Seal the heat insulating material to avoid hot-airleakage.

UPPER LIMIT OFHEAT INSULATING

MATERIAL

UPPER LIMIT OFHEAT INSULATING

MATERIAL

50mm min. 50mm min.

Nominal Size: 100mm or under

Nominal Size: 150mm or overF020501a.EPS

(4) Maintenance for High Process Tempera-ture Applications

DY/HT uses special materials that produce vortexflowmeter for High Process Temperature applicationsWhen you are replacing a shedder bar or a gasket,specify High Process Temperature type.

2-6



2.6 Installing the Vortex Flow-meter

WARNING

The Vortex Flowmeter is a heavy instrument. Pleasebe careful to prevent persons from injuring whin it ishandled.

Before installing the instrument verify the following. Thedirection of flow should match to the arrow mark on theinstrument body. When changing the orientation of theterminal box, refer to "7.1."

Installation of Vortex flowmeter of the wafer and flange typeis shown in Table 2.3.

When installing the wafer type vortex flowmeter, it isimportant to align the instrument bore with the inner diameterof the adjacent piping.

To establish alignment, use the four collars supplied with theinstrument.

1. Four collars are supplied for 1/2 inch (15mm) to 1- 1/2inch (40mm), 2 inch of JIS 10K or ANSI class 150 orJPI class 150, and 3 inch of ANSI class 150 or JPI class150. Install the instrument as illustrated in Table 2.2.

2. If the adjacent flanges have eight bolt holes, insert thestud bolts in the holes on the instrument shoulder. Refer toFigure 2.9.Stainless steel stud bolts and nuts are available on order.When they are to be supplied by the user, refer to Table2.2 for stud bolt length. Gaskets must be supplied by theuser.

3. Gasket:Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipeline.This may cause inaccurate readings.Use gaskets with bolt holes, even if digitalYEWFLO is ofthe wafer type. Refer to Figure 2.10.When using a spiral gasket (without bolt holes), confirmthe size with the gasket-manufacturer, as standard itemsmay not be used for certain flange ratings.

Table 2.2

T020601.EPS

Sizemm

(inch)Flange Rating

Major Diameter of External Threed of Stud Bolt d (mm)

LengthR(mm)

15mm(1/2B)

JIS 10K, 20K/DIN 10,16,25,40JIS 40KANSI 150, 300, 600

1216

12.7

160160155

25mm(1B)

JIS 10K, 20K, 40KANSI 150ANSI 300, 600DIN 10, 16, 25, 40

1612.715.912

160155160160

40mm(1-1/2B)

JIS 10K, 20K/DIN 10,16, 25, 40JIS 40KANSI 150ANSI 300, 600

1620

12.719.1

160170155170

50mm(2B)

JIS 10K, 20K, 40K/DIN 10, 16, 25, 40ANSI 150, 300, 600

1615.9

200

80mm(3B)

JIS 10K/DIN 10, 16,25, 40JIS 20K, 40KANSI 150ANSI 300, 600

1620

15.919.1

220

240

100mm(4B)

JIS 10K/DIN 10, 16JIS 20K/DIN 25, 40JIS 40KANSI 150ANSI 300ANSI 600

162022

15.919.122.2

220240270240240270

Stud BoltCollar

dLengthR

F020601.EPS

Figure 2.9

F020602.EPS

Pipeline FlangePipeline

Figure 2.10

2-7



Table 2.3(a) Installation of Wafer Type Vortex Flowmeter

Size mm(inch) Flange Rating

15 to 40(1/2 to 1-1/2)

50(2)

80(3)

All ratings

JIS 10K, ANSI class 150, DIN PN10 to PN40

ANSI class 150, JPI class 150

Vertical Installation

When Installation Collar are required, the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flange ratings.

The inside diameter of the gasket mustbe larger than the pipe inner diameterso that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline.

(1) Insert two each collars oneach of the lower two bolts.

(2) Place the flowmeter body on the lower two bolts.

(3) Tighten the four bolts (including upper two bolts)and nuts uniformly.

(4) Check for leakage fromthe flange connections.

(1) Insert four collar on each of the four bolts and checkthat all four collars contact the outside diameter of the flowmeter body.

(2) Tighten the four bolts uniformly. Check for leakage from the flange connections.

Horizontal Installation

When installing the Flowmeter vertically in the open air, change the electrical connection port direction to the ground. If the electrical connection port is installed upwards, rain water might leak in.

WARNING

Wafer type Description

When Installation Collars are not required,the installation vortex flowmeters applied to the following line sizes and flanges.

Size mm(inch) Flange Rating

50(2)

80(3)

100(4)

JIS 20K, 40KANSI class 300,600JPI class 300,600

JIS 10K, 20K, 40KANSI class 300, 600JPI class 300,600

JIS 10K, 20, 40KANSI class 150, 300, 600JPI class 150,300,600

Vertical InstallationHorizontal Installation

(1) Insert two stud bolts in the bolt holeson the flowmeter shoulder to align the instrument body with the inner diameter of the adjacent piping.

(2) Tighten all bolts uniformly and checkthat there is no leakage between the instrument and the flanges.

WARNING

T020602.EPS

Flange

Nut

Nut

Gasket

Collar

Electricalconnection

Nut

Nut

Stud Bolt(4 pcs.)

CollarGasket

Gasket

Flow Direction

Flow Direction

Gasket

Flange

FlowDirection

Stud Bolt (4 pcs.)

Nut

Nut

Gasket

Bolt Hole

Gasket

Flange

Flange

FlowDirection

Stud Bolt (8 pcs.)

Electrical Connection



2-8



Table 2.3(b) Installation of Flange Type Vortex Flowmeter

Horizontal Installation

Vertical Installation

Use the stud bolts and nuts supplied with the flowmeter of the user. The gaskets should be supplied by the user.

Flange type Description

The inside diameter of the gasket must be larger than the pipe inner diameter so that it will not disturb the flow in the pipeline.

T020603.EPS

CAUTION

Flow Direction

Flow Direction

Nut

Nut

Stud BoltGasket

Gasket

Flange

Flange

Table 2.3(c) Installation of remote Type Converter

Remote type converter Description

A signal cable (DYC) is used between the remote type flowmeter and the converter. The maximum signal cable length is 97.5ft (30m).

The converter is mounted on a 2-inch (60.5mm outer dia.) stanchion or horizontal pipe. Do not mount the converter on a vertical pipe. It makes wiring and maintenance difficult. The converter mounting orientation can be changed as illustrated below.

T020604.EPS

CAUTION

Nut

Bracket2-inch Pipe

U-Bolt

Horizontal Pipe MountingStanchion Mounting

3-1

3.WIRING


3. WIRING

WARNING

The wiring of the vortex flowmeter must be performedby expert engineer or skilled personnel. No operatorshall be permitted to perform procedures relating towiring.

CAUTION

Once all wiring is complete, check the connectionsbefore applying power to the instrument. Improperarrangements or wiring may cause a unit malfunctionor damage.

3.1 Wiring PrecautionsBe sure to observe the following precautions when wiring:

CAUTION

• In cases where the ambient temperatureexceeds 50°C (122°F), use external heat-resistant wiring with a maximum allowabletemperature of 70°C (158°F) or above.

• Do not connect cables outdoors in wet weatherin order to prevent damage from condensationand to protect the insulation.

• Do not splice the cable between the flowtubeterminal and the converter if it is too short.Replace the short cable with a cable that is theappropriate length.

• All the cable ends must be provided with roundcrimp-on terminals and be securely wired.

• Be sure to turn power off before opening thecover.

• Before turning the power on, tighten the coversecurely.

• Explosion protected types must be wired inaccordance with specific requirement (and, incertain countries, legal regulations) in order topreserve the effectiveness of their explosionprotected features.

• The terminal box cover is locked by the clamp.In case of opening the terminal box cover, usethe hexagonal wrench attached.

• Be sure to lock the cover by the clamp usingthe hexagonal wrench attached after installingthe cover.

3.2 Wiring for Output ConditionTable 3.1 shows the connection method of several outputconditions.

(1) Analog Output (4 to 20 mA DC)This converter uses the same two wires for both, thesignal and power supply. A DC power supply is requiredin a transmission loop. The total leadwire resistanceincluding the instrument load and power distributor(supplied by the user) must conform to a value in thepermissible load resistance range. Refer to Figure 3.1shows.

R=E–10.50.0236

250

600

10.5 16.4 24.7 30 42

Power Supply Voltage E (V)

CommunicationApplicable rangeBRAIN and HART

Load

res

ista

nce

R (

Ω)

F030201.EPS

Figure 3.1 Relationship between Power Supply Voltageand Load Resistance (4 to 20 mA DC Output)

(2) Pulse output and Alarm, Status OutputThis version uses three wires between the converter andthe power supply. A DC power and load resistance arerequired, and pulse output is connected to a totalizer oran electric counter. Low level of the pulse output is 0to 2V. No communication is possible over a transmis-sion line. Communication via the amplifier board isalways possible irrespective of the wiring condition.

(3) Simultaneous Analog-Pulse OutputWhen using digitalYEWFLO in the simultaneous analog-pulse output mode, the communicable distance of thetransmission line is restricted on the wiring method.Table 3.1 shows the examples of connection for thisoutput mode. Communication via the amplifier board isalways possible irrespective of the wiring condition.

3-2

3. WIRING


IMPORTANT

For pulse output and the simultaneous analog-pulseoutput ,use the load resistance. Refer to Table 3.1.

3.3 ConnectionTable 3.1 shows the connection sample of connection forpower supply and load resistance. The terminal position ofeach connection is shown in Figure 3.2.

Integral type Remote type

F030301.EPS

Input Terminal from built-in temperature sensor

Input Terminals from vortex detector

Common Terminal

4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply and Output Signal Terminals

Supply1–

Pulse Output TerminalPulse1

T

AB

C

Figure 3.2

3-3

3.WIRING


Table 3.1 The connection example for simultaneous analog and pulse and alarm, status output.

250Ω

R +

–+PULSE

SUPPLY

digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal

Recorder or other instrument

This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E/R+25mA.

Electric counter

E(16.4 to 30V DC)

Counting input

Common

+

+


250Ω

24V DC

PULSE

SUPPLY+

–

Distributor

–

+–

+PULSE

SUPPLY

R

E

digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three-wire shielded cable.

Use the Three-wire shielded cable.

Electric counter*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

*2

*2

*2

*1 : To avoid the influence of external noise, use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency.*2 : Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly.

Shielded Cable

Shielded Cable

PULSE

SUPPLY +–

+Mognetic

valve

AC power supply

External Power supply 30V DC, 120mA max(Contact Rating)


E

250Ω

R+

–+PULSE

SUPPLY

Counting input

Common

For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation, use two-wire separately shielded cables.This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E/R+25mA.

Recorder or other instrument

Electric counter

E(16.4 to 30V DC)

Shielded Cable

The supply voltage requires output impedance no more than 1/1000 of R (load resistance).digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal

250ΩR

E(10.5 to 30V DC) Counting input

Common

24V DC

PULSE

SUPPLY

For the shielded cables in this example of flowmeter installation, use two-wire separately shielded cables.

This supply voltage requires a power sourse with a maximum output current of no less than E/R.

Distributor (or communication medium : ex. EP card)

(or communication medium : ex. EP card)Electric counter

+–

+

Shielded Cable


When analog and pulse output are used, the length of communication line is subjected to wiring conditions. Refer to example 1 to 3. If the communication carries out from amplifier, no need to consider wiring conditions.

Relay

Analog Output

Pulse Output

Status OutputAlarm Output

Simultaneous Analog

-Pulse Output

DescriptionConnection

T030301.EPS

0.1

C ( µF ) × f ( kHz ) % R (kΩ) %

120

E (V)

The load resistance of pulse output should be used to 1kΩ, 2W.If no translation of the pulse output possible by the cable length or the frequency of the pluse output,the load resistance should be selected by calculation as shown below.

Example of CEV cable capacitance6 0.1µF/km

WhereE = Supply voltage (V) f = Frequency of pulse output (kHz)R = Value of load resistance (kΩ)

C = Cable capacitance (µF) P = Power ratio of the load resistance (mW)

P (mW) =R (kΩ)

E2 (V)

Example 3In this case, No communi-cation is possible (when shielded cable is not used).

The range of load resistance R for the pulse output.

Example 1In this case, Communica-tion is possible(up to adistance of 2km when aCEV cable is used).

Example 2In this case, Communica-tion is possible (up to adistance of 200m when a CEV cable is used) and R = 1kΩ).

In this case, Communication is possible (up to a distance of 2km when a CEV cable is used.)

In this case, No communication is possible.

In this case, No communication is possible.

3-4

3. WIRING


3.4 Wiring Cables and WiresThe following should be taken into consideration whenselecting cables for use between the converter and distributor.

(1) Use 600V PVC insulated wire or equivalent standardwire or cable.

(2) Use shielded wire in areas susceptible to electrical noise(both analog and pulse output versions).

(3) In areas with high or low ambient temperatures, usewires or cables suitable for such temperatures.

(4) In atmospheres where oils or solvents, corrosive gases orliquids may be present, use suitable wires or cables.

(5) Use cable which withstand temperature up to 60°C andmore, when ambient temperature is more than 60°C.

IMPORTANT

For the remote type, use DYC signal cable to connectthe converter and remote type flowmeter(DY-N).

3.5 Connection of the RemoteType Signal Cable

The remote type signal cable is shown in Figure 3.3 and 3.4,and the terminal is shown in Figure 3.5.

The maximum cable length is 30 m (97.5 feet).

Remove terminal box cover and wiring connection dust-capbefore wiring.

For remote type the converter has two electrical connections(cable inlets). Use the left connection as viewed from theterminal box for the DYC signal cable and the right connec-tion for the transmission cable.

If a signal cable kit is supplied by YOKOGAWA, both endsof the cable must be finished in accordance with thefollowing instructions as shown in 3.6.1 and 3.6.2.

CAUTION

After completing the signal cable connections, installthe shielded cover to signal cable terminal as shownin Figure 3.6.

Unit : mm

F030501.EPS

(Black) (White) (Red) (Red) (White) (Black)

(Blue)

Specified Length (L)

30m (max.)

DYC

Flo

wm

eter

Con

vert

er

80 70 70 8060

25 95

60

20

50 50

(Yellow) (Yellow)

Figure 3.3 DYC Signal Cable

AT

BC

AT

B

C

Outer shield

Inner shield

To ConverterTo Flowmeter

F030502.EPST: Only for / MV

Figure 3.4 Construction of Remote Type Signal Cable

C

BA

T T

A

B

C

Flowmeter(DY-N)T: Only for /MV

F030503.EPS

Converter(DYA)

Input Terminal from built-in temperature sensor

Input Terminals from vortex detector

Common Terminal

4 to 20 mA DC Output Power Supply and Output Signal Terminals

Supply1–

Pulse Output TerminalPulse1

T

AB

C

Figure 3.5 Terminal of Detector and Converter

F030504.EPS

Vortex Flow Converter

Shield Cover

Signal Cable(DYC)

Power Cable

Figure 3.6 Shielded Cover

3-5

3.WIRING


3.6 Method of Finishing the Signal Cable End(DYC)

3.6.1 For Vortex Flowmeter (DY-N)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Do not short-circuit the conductive layer and the terminals (A, B, C and T).

Slide FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) tubing over the twisted inner and outer drain wires C until the tubing cannot be slid any further, and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm (0.2 in.) of the stranded drain wires exposed.

Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so that the tubing covers the braided shield and overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose wires A, B, C, and T.

Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over each of wires A, B, C, and T. Install a crimp-on terminal lug at the tip of each wire. Crimp and solder each lug.

Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve. Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer.

Attach an identification label to the end of the cable.

Description Figure

Unit : mm(approx. inches)

T030601.EPS

Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket, outer braided shield and inner jacket, and inner braided shield as per the dimensions below.

Strip off the black conductive layer convering two wires completely, as per the dimensions below.Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands.

Strip off about 5 mm (0.2 in.) of insulation for each of wires A, B, and T, and twist the strands of each wire. Twist the inner and outer drain wires together.

(*1): Only for /MV

T (yellow)

90 (3.5)

5 (0.2) 10 (0.4)

5 (0.2)

Black Conductive Layer


A (Red)T (Yellow)

40 (1.6)5 (0.2)

50 (2.0)60 (2.4)

B (White)

3 (0.1) or less

Drain wiresT (Yellow)

5 (0.2)5 (0.2)5 (0.2)

B (White)

A (Red)

C

C Heat Shrinkable Tubing

Crimp and Solder HereLug tip Heat Shrinkable Tubing

Heat Shrinkable Tubing

T (Yellow)A (Red)B (White)

5 (0.2) FEP Insulation Tubing (Black)C


10

(B)

(C)

WHITE

BLACK

(A)RED

Unit : mm

F030601.EPS

60

80

3MAX 120

105 5

70

Yellow(T) 50

Figure 3.7

CAUTION

Do not touch the '' conductive layer" (black area covering the signal cables A and B) to the converter case, terminal,and other leadwires. If it is touched, operation of the converter may be incorrect. When the cable is terminated,remove the conductive layer properly.

NOTE

Check that the insulation resis-tance between each wire includ-ing the inner shield is 10MΩ orgreater at 500V DC. Ensure thatboth ends of the wires aredisconnected (open-circuited)during the check.

NOTE

In case that the cable end finish partsassembly is necessary after delivery,contact your nearest Yokogawa salesoffice or the sales representative fromwhich you purchased the product. Theparts number of DYC cable end finishparts assembly:Standard type: F9399ABMultivariable type (/MV): F9399AD

3-6

3. WIRING


3.6.2 For Vortex Flow Converter (DYA)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Do not short-circuit the conductive layer and the terminals (A, B, C, G and T).

Slide black FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) tubing over the inner shield drain wire C and blue FEP tubing over outer shield drain wire G until the tubing cannot be slid any further, and then cut off the tubing leaving 5 mm (0.2 in.) of the drain wires exposed.

Slide heat shrinkable tubing over the cable end so that the tubing covers the braided shield and overlaps both the polyethylene jacket and loose wires A, B, C, G, and T.

Slide a short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over each of wires A, B, C, G, and T. Install a crimp-on terminal lug at the tip of each wire. Crimp and solder each lug.

Attach an identification label to the end of the cable.

T030602.EPS

Description Figure

Unit : mm(approx. inches)

Heat-shrinkable tubingCrimp and SolderLug-Tips

10(0.4)

Strip off the outer polyethylene jacket, outer braided shield and inner jacket, and inner braided shield as per the dimensions as shown.

Cut of the black conductive layers(convering the two wires) completely, as per the dimensions below.Twist each of the conductor and drain wires so that there are no free strands.

Strip off about 5 mm (0.2 in.) of insulation for each of wires A, B, and T, and twist the strands of each wire.

Slide each short piece of heat shrinkable tubing over the crimp sleeve. Heat all pieces of heat shrinkable tubing with a heat blower or dryer.

(*1): Only for /MV

B (White)

A (Red)50 (2.0)

60 (2.4)

3 (0.1) or less

5 (0.2)40 (1.6)

T (Yellow(*1))


5 (0.2)

Black ConductiveLayer T (yellow)

15 (0.6) 10 (0.4)

95(3.7)

5 (0.2) GC

5 (0.2)

5 (0.2)

Drain wires

CG

FEP Insulation Tubing (Blue)FEP Insulation Tubing (Black)

5 (0.2)

5 (0.2)

GC


TAB




25 (1.0)15 (0.6)

(A)RED

(B)WHITE

BLACK (C)

(G)BLUE

Unit : mm

F030602.EPS

70

95

60

80

12010 10

5

MAX3

YELOW(T) 50

Figure 3.8

CAUTION

Do not touch the '' conductive layer" (black area covering the signal cables A and B) to the converter case, terminal,and other leadwires. If it is touched, operation of the converter may be incorrect. When the cable is terminated,remove the conductive layer properly.

NOTE

Check that the insulationresistance between each wireincluding the inner shield is10MΩ or greater at 500V DC.Ensure that both ends of thewires are disconnected (open-circuited) during the check.

NOTE

In case that the cable end finish partsassembly is necessary after delivery,contact your nearest Yokogawa salesoffice or the sales representative fromwhich you purchased the product.The parts number of DYC cable endfinish parts assembly:Standard type: F9399AAMultivariable type (/MV): F9399AC

3-7

3.WIRING


3.7 Wiring Cautions(1) Lay wiring as far as possible from electrical noise

sources such as large transformers, motors and powersupplies.

(2) It is recommended that crimp-on type solderless lugs beused for large wire ends.

(3) For general use, it is recommended that conduits andducts or racks be used to protect wiring from water ormechanical damage. A rigid steel conduit or flexiblemetal conduit is recommended. See Figure 3.9.

F030701.EPS

Figure 3.9

3.8 Grounding

IMPORTANT

When a lightning protector (option code: /A) isselected, use a grounding resistance of 10Ω or less.

(1) The grounding terminals are located on the inside andoutside of the terminal area. Either terminal may beused.

(2) For pulse output version, ground the flowmeter. Alsoground the shielded cable between the converter and thepulse receiver.

(3) Grounding should satisfy Class D requirements (groundresistance 100Ω or less).

(4) Use 600V PVC insulated wire for grounding.

Integral TypeF030801.EPS

Grounding terminals

Figure 3.10

3-8

3. WIRING


4-1

4. BASIC OPERATING PROCEDURES



Data setting can be performed with the three keys on thefront panel (SET,SHIFT and INC) or using a handheldBRAIN(BT) terminal and HART communicator.

4.1 Construction of the DisplayFigure 4.1 shows the configuration of the digitalYEWFLOdisplay panel (if equipped).

SET

INCSHIFT

F040101.EPS

Data Display (Upper)

1

Unit Display4

Unit Display4

Setting Keys5

Alarm Display3

Data Display (Lower)

2

Figure 4.1 Construction of the Display

1 Data Display(Upper) : Displays flowrate data, settingdata, total data.

2 Data Display(Lower) : Displays total data, alarm data.3 Alarm Display : Displays alarm of a flow error

and a vibration error.4 Unit Display : Displays Flowrate unit.5 Setting Keys : These keys are used to change

flow rate data displays and typeof setting data.

Description of unit indications and its votes.Table 4.1 shows the description of unit indications andit's votes.

Table 4.1 Unit Indicator

Unit Upper Indication Lower Indication

%

m3

Nm3

N

Sm3

S

kg

t

/h

/m

/s

/d

°CT040101.EPS

(*1)

(*1) Only for /MV

4-2



4.2 Display Contents in Display SectionThe display content items are classified in the following three items.

Table 4.2 Mode Name List

Mode (status) Name Display Contents

Flowrate display mode

Setting mode

Alarm number display mode

A mode in which instantaneous flow rates or totalized values are displayed.Display content is usually selected either in display content selection mode or by setting parameters via BRAIN communication. In this mode, parameter contents are confirmed or data is updated using the setting section. The mode is changed to this mode when [SET] key is pressed in normal mode. This mode is overlapped when an alarm is occurring in display mode. The alarm number presentation to indicate alarm contents (about 2 sec) and the normal data display (about 4 sec ) are repeated alternatively.

Mode represents that the system is in a state where the relevant setting or display is possible.T040201.EPS

l Display Example

F040201.EPS

SET

SHIFT + SET

Flowrate Display Mode Setting Mode Error Mode

UPPER Flow rate

LOWER Total rate

NORMAL INDICATION (4sec)

ERROR INDICATION (2sec)

UPPER Flow rate (%)

LOWER Blank SHIFT

Alternately

This mode display can be selected below.• Upper display : Flow rate• Lower display : Total rate or Blank

• When an alarm situation occurs, this mode will replace the current mode (flow rate or setting mode) to show what type of alarm has occurred.

• Refer to “5.5 Error Code Lists” about the error descriptions and error No.

• This mode is used to check parameter content and rewrite data. This mode can be called up from the flowrate display mode by pressing the “SET” key.

• Setting item and setting number can be changed when pressing “SHFT” key.

• This mode can be called up by pressing “SET” key while pressing “SHIFT” key when setting mode is displayed.

Switching of setting number

4-3



4.3 Display Contents in DisplaySection

The display mode is a mode in which instantaneous flowrates or totalized flow are displayed. In display mode, thereare three display modes as shown in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Display Mode

Instantaneous % flow rate isdisplayed.

% Display(Flow rate)

Instantaneous flow rate in an engineering unit is displayed.

Engineering Display Unit

Totalized flow displayed without indicating the decimal point.

Totalized Display

Name ContentsUpper

DisplayLower

Display

T040301.EPS

------Blank

% Display(Temperature)(*1)

Temperaturedisplay(*1)

Temperature value is displayed.

Instantaneous temperature is displayed.In this case, “t” is displayed simultaneously (Refer to Figure 4.2).

(*1) When option code /MV is selected, this function is available.

F040301.EPS

Figure 4.2 Example

Display mode can be changed using the BT200 terminal orthe indicator setting section.

• For operation using BT200, perform changes using theparameter item “ B30:UPPER DISP” and “B31:LOWERDISP” referring to section 5. Parameters.

• For operation using indicator, change B30 and B31parameter item number to display an appropriate display.

IMPORTANT

After setting a parameter, keep the power on for atleast 30 seconds.If the power of flowmeter is turned off, a parametersetting is released.

4-4



4.3.1 Change the Display Mode from % Display to Engineering UnitThe display mode can be changed referring 5.3 parameter list.

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

F040302.EPS

Indication of % display.

Enter the setting mode.

Enter the parameter item.

Indicate “ 30 ” referring 5.3 parameter list.

Enter the data input item.

Indicate “ 01 ” of engineering unit referring 5.3 parameter list.

Ensure the setting data.

Finish the setting.

Return to display mode.

Press “ SET ” key.

Press “ SHIFT ” key.

Press “ INC ” key any time.


Press “ INC ” key.



Press “ SET ” and “ SHIFT ” key.

IMPORTANT


4-5



4.3.2 Indicate the Total Rate in the Lower DisplayThe display mode can be changed referring 5.3 parameter list.

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

F040303.EPS





Press “ INC ” key.




Indication of engineering unit display.Lower display is “ Blank ”.

Enter to the setting mode.

Enter to the parameter item.

Indicate “ 31 ” referring 5.3parameter list.

Enter the data input item.

Indicate “ 01 ” of lower the display item referring 5.3 parameter list.


Finish the setting.


IMPORTANT


4-6



4.4 Setting ModeThe setting mode is used for checking parameters andrewriting data. The following is an overview of the settingmode.

NOTE

• Refer to 5.3 Parameter List and 5.4 Parameterdescription for information on how to changesetting.

4.4.1 Structure of Setting Mode DisplaySimple parameter sheetIN this sheet, a setting flow chart and the parameter listrequired to operate digitalYEWFLO is indicated.

SET

INCSHIFT

F040401.EPS

Item numberChange item number using “SHIFT” key and “INC”key.

Data numberChange the data number using “SHIFT” key and “INC” key.

SET

Flowrate Display Mode

Parameter Setting Mode

Select Item

Set Data

Check Setting Data

Fix Setting Data

SHIFT+SET

SETSHIFT+SET

SET

SET

SHIFT or INC

SHIFT : Menu Item Number

INC : Inc. Menu / Item Number

INC : Inc. Data NumberSelect Type

Numeric Value Setting Type

SHIFT : Move Cursor

INC : Inc. Numeric Value

F040401_1.EPS

Figure 4.3 Indicator Construction and Parameter SettingProcedure

• When completing setting, press “SHIFT” key and “SET”key simultaneously. The mode move to the “displaymode”.

IMPORTANT


4-7



4.4.2 Method of Parameter Setting

Input method of numeric dataExample 1: Change the span from 100m3/h to 150m3/hThe setting mode can be changed referring 5.3 parameter list

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

F040402.EPS



Press “ SHIFT ” key any time.





Indication of % flow rate.

Enter to the setting mode. (Span number is “ B10 ”)

Enter to data number item.

Move the position to input the data.

Set “ 5 ” and indicate “ 150m3/h ”.


Complete the Setting.


IMPORTANT


4-8



Input method of selection itemsExample 2: Change the pulse output to alarm output.The setting mode can be changed referring 5.3 parameter list

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

SET

INCSHIFT

F040403.EPS









Indication of % unit.

Enter to the setting mode.

Enter to the parameter item.

Indicate “ 20 ” referring 5.3 parameter list.

Enter to the data input item.

Indicate “ 03 ” of alarm output item referring 5.3 parameter list.

Ensure the setting.

Finish the parameter setting.


IMPORTANT


4-9



4.5 Operation for the BT200This section describes the operation procedures using aBRAIN Terminal (BT200). For details on the functions of thedigitalYEWFLO, refer to 5.3 Parameter List. And also, seethe “BT200 Instruction Manual” (IM 1C0A11-01E) for moredetailed Information.

4.5.1 Connection Method for the BT200

(1) Connecting the BT200 to a 4 to 20mA DCTransfer Line

The communication signal of the digitalYEWFLO issuperimposed onto the 4 to 20mA DC analog signal tobe transferred.

digitalYEWFLO

SUPPLY

BT200 BT200 BT200 BT200

Inter mediate terminals

4 to 20mA DC Signal transmission line

Control room

Receiver Resistance250 to 600Ω

Receivinginstrument

Terminal Board

SUPPLY

F040501.EPS

Figure 4.4 Communicating for a 4 to 20mA DC SignalLine

IMPORTANT

The communicable distance of the transmission line isrestricted depending on the wiring method. Refer to 3.WIRING.

IMPORTANT


(2) Connecting BT200 to Flow ConverterRemoving a cover and indicator, the terminals for braincommunication are provided on the circuit board.Connect BT200 to the terminal of HHT-COM on thecircuit board.

TP2COM

HHT

P

F040502.EPSBT200

Display

Indicator Mounting Screw (2 PCS)

Circuit board

Figure 4.5 Connection of BT200 to Flow Converter

4-10



4.5.2 Displaying Flow Rate DataFlowrate data can be displayed on the BT200 screenaccording to the following procedure.

F040503.EPS

Turn the power on and the screen on the left “Please wait....” is displayed for a few minutes.

Pressing the “ENTER” key causes the initial data screen on the left to be displayed.

Pressing the “F4” or “ENTER” causes the menu screen on the left to be displayed.

Executing Function Key F1 : Updates the current data.F2 : Displays the self-check

screen.F3 : Displays the parameter

print sreen.F4 : Returns to the previous

panel. (menu panel)

With “A : DISPLAY” displayed on the menu panel in the inverse video bar, press “ENTER” key and the flow data screen appears. Maximum three data items can be displayed on one screen.

The tag number specified upon ordering is entered.

Inverse Video Bar

or

Function Key

———WELCOME———BRAIN TERMINAL ID:BT200 Check connectionPush ENTER key

UTIL FEED

MENUA:DISPLAYB:EASY SETUPC:BASIC SETUPD:AUX. SETUPE:METER SETUPH:ADJUST

HOME SET ADJ ESC

PARAM01:MODEL digitalYEWFLO02:TAG NO.

03:SELF CHECK GOOD

OK

PARAMA10:FLOW RATE(%) 80.0%A20:FLOW RATE 100m3/hA30:TOTAL 1417

DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

PARAMA10:FLOW RATE(%) 80.0%A20:FLOW RATE 100m3/hA30:TOTAL 1417

DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

Function keyThe functions of the function keys vary with the commandsbeing displayed on the display panel.

Table 4.4

ADJ

CAPS/caps

CLR

COPY*

DATA

DEL

DIAG

ESC

FEED*

HOME

LIST*

NO

OK

PARM

PON/POFF*

PRNT*

SET

SLOT

GO*

STOP*

UTIL

Calls up the adjustment menu.

Changes the uppercase / lowercase mode.

Clears entered data / deletes all data.

Prints parameters on the screen.

Updates parameter data.

Deletes one character.

Calls up the self-check screen.

Returns to the preceding screen.

Paper feed.

Calls up the home menu (A : DISPLAY).

Prints all parameters of the menus.

Setting stop / re-setting. Returns to the previous screen.

Goes to the next screen.

Parameter number setting mode.

Printer output of data whose setting was changed Mode on / off.

Changes to the prints mode.

Calls up the setting menu (B : SETTING).

Returns to the slot selection screen.

Starts print out.

Stops printing.

Transfers to the utility screen.

Command Description

T040501.EPS*The command is available only for BT-200-P00

4-11



4.5.3 Setting ParametersThis section describes the setting method using a BRAINTerminal (BT200). For details on the method, refer to 5.3Parameter List.

(1) Setting Flow SpanExample : Change flow span 100m3/h to 150m3/h

F040504.EPS

Move the inverse video bar to “B10 : FLOW SPAN”.

The data setup screen is displayed.If the security screen is displayed, enter the security code.

Enter “150” using the alphanumeric keys.

Pressing the enter key, inverse video bar is flashed.

or

The data setting can be completed.

If data setting is missing, press “F3” key and reset the data.

Setting is completed.The screen returns to the preceding screen when the “F4” (ESC) key is pressed.


HOME SET ADJ ESC

PARAMB10:FLOW SPAN 100 m3/hB15:DAMPING 4 secB20:CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE

DATA DIAG PRNT ESC


DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

SETB10:FLOW SPAN 100 m3/h

0

DEL CLR ESC

SETB10:FLOW SPAN 100.00 m3/h 150

DEL CLR ESC

SETB10:FLOW SPAN 100.00 m3/h 150 print offF2:printer on

FEED POFF NO

SETB10:FLOW SPAN 150.00 m3/h

FEED NO OK

Enter menu item, and press “ ” key.Move the inverse video bar to “B : EASY SETUP”.

IMPORTANT


4-12



(2) Change the Pulse Output to Alarm Output.

F040505.EPS

Enter menu item, and press “ ” key.Move the inverse video bar to “B : EASY SETUP”.

Item B menu is displayed.

Move the inverse video bar to “B20 : CONTACT OUT”.

Pressing “ENTER”, cause the data setup screen to be displayed.

If the security screen appears, enter the security code.

Move the inverse video bar to “ALARM”.

2 Times

4 Times

Pressing the enter key, inverse video bar is flashed.

The data setting can be completed.

If data setting is missing, press “F3” key and rewrite the data.

Setting is completed.The screen returns to the preceding screen when the “F4” (ESC) key is pressed.


HOME SET ADJ ESC


DATA DIAG PRNT ESC


DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

PARAMB10:FLOW SPAN 100 m3/hB15:DAMPING 4 secB20:CONTACT OUT ALARM

DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

SETB20:CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE< OFF >< SCALED PULSE ><UNSCALED PULSE>

ESC

SETB20:CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE<UNSCALED PULSE>< FREQUENCY >< ALARM >

ESC

SETB20:CONTACT OUT SCALED PULSE ALARM

Print offF2:printer on

FEED POFF NO

SETB20:CONTACT OUT ALARM

FEED NO OK

IMPORTANT


4-13



4.6 Operation for HART Commu-nicator

The communication control function with HHT, BRAINTerminal (BT200) is stated at 4.5 Operation for the BT200.digitalYEWFLO is available not only BRAIN Terminal(BT200) but also HART Communicator as remote control viaHHT.

Main functions and parameters are the same with BRAINTerminal (BT200). Moreover, digitalYEWFLO has uniqueparameters of HART Communicator.

The amplifier has been pre-configured at the factory, so nosetup should be required prior to installation. If your processconditions have changed and reprogramming is required, themenu/parameter configuration list for digitalYEWFLO is in4.6.12 Menu Tree. Refer to the instructions provided withyour HART communicator for operation details. The QUICKSTART section of this manual will address only thoseparameters which must be set to establish the operation of themeter for a particular application. The Menu Tree will cross-reference the BRAIN parameters to the corresponding HARTparameters.

Note: HART is a registered trademark of the HART Communica-tion Foundation.

CAUTION

Matching of communicator DD and instrument DDBefore using the Model 275 HART Communicator,check that the DD (Device Description) installed inthe communicator matches that of the instrumentsto be set up. To check the DD in the instrument orthe HART Communicator, follow the steps below. Ifthe correct DD is not installed in the communicator,you must upgrade the DD at the official HARTprogramming sites. For communication tools otherthan Model 275 HART Communicator, contact therespective vendors for upgrade information.1. Checking the DD in the instrument

1) Connect the communicator to the instrumentto be set up.

2) Open “Device Setup”and press [∅ ].

3) Select “Review” andpress [∅ ].

4) By pressing [NEXT]or [PREV], locate“Fld dev rev” to showthe DD of the instrument.

2. Checking the DD in Model 275 HART Commu-nicator.1) Turn on only the communicator alone.2) Select “Utility” from the main menu and

press [∅ ].

DYF :Review Fld dev rev 2

HELP PREV NEXT EXIT

[Example]

“The instrument DD is Version 2”F040601-1.EPS

3) Select “Simulation” and press [∅ ].4) Select “YOKOGAWA” from the manufactur-

erslist by pressing [¬ ] and then pressing [∅ ] toenter selection.

5) Select themodel name ofthe instrument(i.e.digitalYEWFLO)by pressing [¬ ]and then press[∅ ] to show the DD of the communicator.

NOTE

In case of using HART Communicator, settingfrom indicator is not available.

CAUTION

In case of using Burst mode, setting from amplifierunit is not available.

4.6.1 Interconnection betweendigitalYEWFLO and HART Commu-nicator

The HART Communicator can interface with thedigitalYEWFLO from the control room, the digitalYEWFLOsite, or any other wiring termination point in the loop,provided there is a minimum load resistance of 230 ýbetween the connection and the receiving instrument. Tocommunicate, it must be connected in parallel with thedigitalYEWFLO, and the connections must be non-polarized.Figure 4.6 illustrates the wiring connections for a directinterface at the digitalYEWFLO site. The HART Communi-cator can be used for remote access from any terminal stripas well.

+

–

4 to 20 mA DC signal line

Control room

Terminal board

Receiving instrumentload resistance:

230 Ω to 600 Ω

Relayingterminals

HARTCommunicator

Model 275

HARTCommunicator

Model 275

HARTCommunicator

Model 275

F040602.EPS

digitalYEWFLO

SUPPLY

SUPPLY

Figure 4.6 Interconnection Diagram

HART CommunicatorFld dev rev 1 Dev v1 , DD v2 2 Dev v2 , DD v1

Versions 1 and 2

[Example]

“The communicator DD supports Versions 1 and 2.”

F040601-2.EPS

4-14



4.6.2 Keys and Functions of Model 275

LCD (Liquid crystal display)(21 characters × 8 lines)

Communication Cable

Function Keys

Functions of the keys are indicated on the display.

Hot key

Open the Hot key Menu as follows:1. PV Span2. Wrt Protect Menu

Shift Keys

Use to enter alphabetic characters.

1. Change the display contents.2. Move the position where a number or

character is to be entered.

ExamplePressing calls up the display corresponding to the item pointed at with the cursor.

Pressing returns to the previous display. (See 4.6.5 Calling up Menu Address.)

Alphanumeric Keys

1. Enter numbers and characters.2. Select the desired menu item with the

corresponding number.

ExamplePressing a single key enters the number.Pressing the key with the shift key enters the alphabetic character.

Move the inverse video bar (cursor) on the display to select the desired item.

ABC7

ABC7

To enter “7”,

To enter “C”,

‘7’

‘C’

(Press) (ENTER)

Power ON/OFF

F040603.EPS

DYF :Process Variables 1 PV %rnge 2 PV 3 PV AO 4 Totl 12348853 5 Reverse TotlHELP SAVE HOME

Figure 4.7 HART Communicator

4-15



4.6.3 DisplayThe HART Communicator automatically searches fordigitalYEWFLO on the 4 to 20 mA loop when it is turnedon. When the HART Communicator is connected to thedigitalYEWFLO, it displays “Online” menu as shown below.(If digitalYEWFLO is not found, the communicator displaysthe message “No Device Found. Press OK....” Press the OK‘F4’ function key and the main menu appears. Retry afterconfirming the connection with the digitalYEWFLO.)

Manufacturer’s Field DeviceType Code

Tag (8 Characters) <1>

<2>

<3>

<4>

<5>

Function keys

appears when the voltage level of the battery is low

The arrow mark corresponding to the pressed key appears.

The highlighting cursor

DYF:Online 1 Device setup 2 PV % rnge 0.0875kg/min 3 PV AO 5,600mA 4 PV URV 0.8746kg/min

HELP SAVE HOME ENTER

F1 F2 F3 F4

F040604.EPS

Figure 4.8 Display

<1> appears and flashes during communication betweenthe HART Communicator and the digitalYEWFLO. At

Burst mode*, appears.<2> The current display menu title appears.<3> Each item in menu of <2> appears.

<4> and/or appear when the items are scrolled out ofthe display.

<5> On any given menu, the label appearing above afunction key indicates the function of that key for thecurrent menu.

* Refer to 4.6.7 Unique Functions of HART Communicator

4-16



4.6.4 Calling Up Menu Addresses4.6.11 Menu Tree shows the configuration of Online Menuwhich is needed for the operation with HART Communica-tor. The desired item can be displayed with ease by under-standing the menu configuration.

When the HART Communicator is connected to thedigitalYEWFLO, “Online” menu will be displayed after thepower is turned on (See Figure 4.8). Call up the desired itemas follows:

Example: Call up the “Tag” to change the tag number.F040604_1.EPS

Check where “Tag” is located in the menu configuration. Then, call up “Tag” on the display according to the menu configuration.

Device setup1.Process variables2.Diag/Service3.Basic setup4.Detailed setup5.Review

process variablesDiag/ServiceBasic setupDetailed setupReview

TagSpanPV DampDevice Info

DYF :Online 1 Device setup 2 PV 3 PV AO 4 PV URV

DEL SET ESC ENTER

1

Display Operation

STU1

or

DYF :Device setup 1 Process variables 2 Diag/Service 3 Basic setup 4 Detailed setup 5 ReviewDEL SAVE HOME ENTER

2

YZ /3

×2

or

Display appears when the HART Communicator is turned on.

Select “Device setup”.

Select “Basic setup”.

Select “Tag”.

The display for Tag setting appears.(The default value of “Tag” is blank.)

1

DYF: FI-100Tag FI-100 FI-100

HELP DEL ESC ENTER

DYF :Basic setup 1 Tag 2 Span 3 PV Damp 4 Device info


3

MNO5

×4

or

DYF :Tag FI-100 FI-100

HELP DEL ESC ENTER

4

F040604_2.EPS

NOTE

Setting parameters on the display unit of the digitalYEWFLO is not possible during HART Communication.

Key operationThere are two choices to select the desired menu item.

1. Use the or key to select the desired item, and

then press the key.2. Press the number key displayed for the desired item.

• To return to the previous display, press the key,EXIT (F4) or ESC (F3).

4-17



4.6.5 Entering, Setting and Sending DataThe data which are input with the keys are set in the HARTCommunicator by pressing ENTER (F4). Then, by pressingSEND (F2), the data are sent to the digitalYEWFLO. Notethat the data are not set in the digitalYEWFLO if SEND (F2)is not pressed. All the data set with the HART Communicatoris held in memory unless power is turned off, so every datacan be sent to the digitalYEWFLO at one lot.

OperationEntering data on the “Tag” setting display.On alphabetic characters, only capital letters can be used forsetting Tag No. with HART Communicator.

1. Device setup 3. Basic setup 5. Tag

DYF :Tag

HELP DEL ESC ENTER

1

Call up “Tag” setting display.

On the setting display shown above, enter the data as follows:

Example: Set “FIC-1A”.

5. Tag

DEF8 FF

I

C

-

1

A

GHI9 F I

ABC7 F I C

* : +– F I C -

STU1 F I C - 1

ABC7 F I C - 1 A

Character tobe entered

Operation Display

F040605_1.EPS

DYF :Tag FIC-1A

HELP DEL ESC ENTER

1

Display Operation

F4

HELP SEND HOME ENTER

2

Press ENTER (F4) to

set the data in the

HART Communicator

after entering the data.

Press SEND (F2) to

send the data to the

digitalYEWFLO.

* is flashing during

communication.

label changed

to label, and

the transmission is

completed.

Press HOME (F3),

and return “Online

Menu”.


3

(ENTER)

F2

(SEND)

SEND

SAVE



F040605_2.EPS

4.6.6 Parameters Configuration

IMPORTANT

Do not turn off the digitalYEWFLO just after HARTCommunicator settings (sending) have been made. Ifthe digitalYEWFLO is turned off less than 30 secondsafter parameters have been set, the set data will notbe stored and the data returns to previous settings.

Parameters of HART Communicator is constructed hierarchi-cally. The menu tree for Online menu is shown in 4.6.11Menu Tree.

See 5.4 Parameter Description about the usage of eachparameter. Note the differences between parameters ondigitalYEWFLO display and those on HART Communicator.

The Online menu summary is shown below.

Table 4.6.1 Online Menu Summary

No. Display Item Contents

1

2

3

4

Device setup

PV

PV AO

PV URV

Set parameters for digitalYEWFLO.

Display process value in engineering unit.

Display analog output in mA.

Display set span in engineering unit.T040601.EPS

4-18



4.6.7 Unique Functions of HART Commu-nicator

Check on communication errorWhen each error, over run framing error, parity error orbuffer overflow error is detected, the data including theinformations of errors is returned, and the error message isindicated on HHT.

Real time monitoring 4-20mA output‘%’ output, actual flow rate and totalized value are men-tioned as same as BRAIN communicator. And furthermore 4-20mA output is monitored on real time.

Time recording

Online ⇒ 1.Device setup ⇒ 4.Detailed setup ⇒ 4. Device info ⇒ 5.Date

F040606_1.EPS

Day, month and year can be set in a number of 2 figures.

Multi drop communicationField devices in multidrop mode refer to the connection ofseveral field devices on a communication single line. Up to15 field devices can be connected when set in the multidropmode. To activate multidrop communication, the field deviceaddress must be changed to a number from 1 to 15. Thischange deactivates the 4 to 20mA output and turns it 4mAoutput and turns it 4mA.

Online ⇒ 1.Device setup ⇒ 4.Detailed setup ⇒ 4.Device info ⇒ 6.Dev id

F040606_2.EPS

Continuously data returning (Burst mode)

NOTE

In case of using Burst mode, setting fromamplifier unit is not available.

digitalYEWFLO continuously sends the data stored in itwhen the burst mode it set “ON”. Either one of instantaneousflow rate, output in % and current output can be selected andsent. (Note: This mode is preserved after the converter hasbeen turned off.)

The interval of sending data in this mode is the same as thecommon specification of HART communicator.

*Calling up “Burst option” display.

Online ⇒ 1.Device setup ⇒ 4.Detailed setup ⇒ 3.Output setup ⇒ 6.HART output ⇒ 3.Burst mode⇒ 1.Burst option

F040606_3.EPS

Multi HHT communicationCorresponding to discriminating communication between twoHHTs.

Device ID settingDevice ID is set in an unsigned integer number of 3 bytes.

4.6.8 Data RenewingThere are two methods to load the data of digitalYEWFLOto HART Communicator, periodic data renewing anddiscretionary data renewing.

(1) Periodic Data RenewingThe following data are renewed in 0.5 to 2 secondscycle.PV, PV % rnge, PV AO, Totl

(2) Discretionary Data RenewingThe following data can be loaded from/todigitalYEWFLO. Up load can be done with SAVE (F2)on any online menu, and down load can be done onSaved Configuration menu in Offline menu. (Refer toHART Communicator Manual.)

4.6.9 Checking for ProblemsThe self-diagnostic function digitalYEWFLO is stated atChapter 6. By using HART Communicator, it is alsoavailable to carry out in “Test/Status” parameter. Exam foreach error.

*Calling up “Diag/Service” setting display.

1.Device setup -> 2.Diag/Service

4-19



4.6.10 Write ProtectWrite protect function is provided to inhibit parameterchange. That becomes active by entering a password in “Newpassword”. Write protect status is released for 10 minutes byentering the password in “Enable wrt 10min”.

Setting the Password

DYF:Enter new password tochange state of writeprotect:

DEL ABORT ENTER

The first indication of Wire protect menu is “1.Write protect ⇒ No” after password setting, it shows “Yes”.Enter a password into .Press ENTER(F4).

DEL ABORT ENTER

Enter a password into again.Press ENTER(F4).Then, “Change to new password” is indicated.

HOT KEY ⇒ 2.Wrt protect menu ⇒ 3.New password

DYF:Re-enter new password within 30 seconds:

**********

F040607_1.EPS

HOT KEY ⇒ 2.Wrt protect menu ⇒ 2.Enable wrt 10minF040607_2.EPS

“Enable Write” release write protect status for 10 minutes.While write protect status is released, enter a new passwordin the “New Password”.

It will not be possible to set a new password when 10minutes have elapsed.

If a parameter, which is able to rewrite, it changed during itis in “Enable wrt 10min”, releasing time is extended for more10 minutes as of the time.

DYF:Enter currentPassword to enable toWrite for 10minutes:

DEL ABORT ENTER

Enter a password into .Press ENTER(F4).Then, “Release the write protection for 10 minutes.” is indicated.

F040607_3.EPS

NOTE

• When the write protect function is active (itsmenu bar shows “Yes”), data setting changesin all parameters of digitalYEWFLO are inhib-ited and cannot be changed using the HARTcommunicator.

• If 8 characters are input as “space”, the Writeprotect function is in release status irrespectiveof time.

• If both digitalYEWFLO and HART Communica-tor power off and on again within 10 minutesafter releasing of write protect status, “EnableWrite” becomes unavailable.

Joker PasswordThe Joker Password is reserved for forgetting the password.Though a password had been already set, the Write protectmode is able to release to inhibit status temporary be enteringthe Joker Password, “YOKOGAWA”.

DYF:Enter currentPassword to enable toWrite for 10minutes:YOKOGAWA

DEL ABORT ENTER

Enter a password into “YOKOGAWA”.Press ENTER(F4).

HOT KEY ⇒ 2.Wrt protect menu ⇒ 2.Enable wrt 10min

F040607_4.EPS

Software sealThe “Software seal” menu is reserved as a evidence so thatuser is able to confirm whether the Joker password is used ornot. This evidence is saved.

DYF:Write protect menu1.Write protect No2.Enable wrt 10min3.New password4.Software seal

The first indication Software seal manu is “4.Software seal ⇒ keep” after the joker password setting, it shows “Break”.

F040607_5.EPS

4-20



4.6.11 Menu Tree

1 Device setup2 PV [cr]3 AO1 [cr]4 Flow Span [r]5 Mode [cr]

1 Processvariables

2 Diag/Service

3 Basic setup

1 PV [cr]2 PV % rnge [cr] 3 A01 [cr]4 Total [cr]5 temp [cr]6 TV % rnge [cr]7 A03 [cr]

1 Self/test status2 Loop test [#]3 Test output[#]4 D/A trim[#]<H10, H11>5 Scaled D/A trim[#]

1 Self test [#]2 Status

1 Tag <C10>2 Easy setup [r&w]

1 Out analog[r&w]2 Out pulse[r&w]3 Out status4 End

Status group 1[r] (*8)Status group 2[r] (*9)(Status group 3)[r] (*10)

Online Menu

to be continued to next page

[r] : read[cr] : continuous read[w] : write[sel] : select[#] : method : Only for

Option code /MV< > : Parameter No. in display and BRAIN communicator

Offline

OnlineFrequencyUtility

New ConfigurationSaved Cpnfiguration

Hot Key Flow spanWrt protect menu Write protect

Enable wrt 10min [#]New passward [#]Software seal

No,Yes

Keep,Break

Off [r&w sel]On

1 Contact out[#] <B20>

2 Display mode <B30>

3 Totalizer <B31>

4 Analog out select[#]

OffScaled pulseUnscaled pulseFrequencyAlarmFlow SW(Low:On)Flow SW(Low:Off)

1 Pulse rate[r&w] <B21>

1 Frequency at 100%[r&w]<B22>

1 Setting level[r&w]

1 Upper display <B30>

2 Lower display <B31>

Flow rate(%) [r&w sel]Flow rateTemp (%)

Blank [r&w sel]TotalTemp

1 Total[cr] <A30>2 Total start/stop <B40>

3 Total rate[r&w] <B45>4 Total reset[w,#]

Stop [r&w sel]Start

FlowTemp 1 Temp unit <D20>

2 Temp 0% [r&w] <B51>3 Temp 100% [r&w] <B52>4 Temp error out <F58>5 End

0% [r&w sel]Out limit(H)Process temp

(*5)

F040608_1.EPS

<A20><A10>

<A30><A41><A40>

<J10><J20><J30>

<B50>

<B47>

<B23>

4-21



1 Device setup2 PV [cr]3 AO1 [cr]4 Flow Span [cr]5 Mode

3 Basic setup

3 Fluid [#]

4 Flow span[r&w]5 PV Damp[r&w] <B15>

Online Menu


Liquid:VolumeGas/Steam:Volume

Liquid:MassGas/Steam:Mass

Gas:STD/Normal

1 Volumetric unit <C22>

2 Time unit <C40>

3 End

Cum [r&w sel](*2)k CumLCuftm Cuftk Cuftgalk galImpgalk Impgalbblm bblk bbl

s [r&w sel](*1)minhd

1 Density unit <C25>

2 Process density[r&w] <C26>3 Mass unit <C27>

4 Time unit <C40> (*1)5 End

kg/Cum [r&w sel](*6)lb/Cuftlb/gallb/Impgal

Kg [r&w sel](*3)MetTonlbk lb

1 Temp unit2 Process temp[r&w] <C31>3 Base temp[r&w] <C32>4 Pressure unit <C33>

5 Process pressure[r&w]6 Base pressure[r&w] <C35>7 Deviation[r&w] <C36>8 STD/Normal unit <C37>

9 Time unit <C40> 10 End

deg C [r&w sel](*5)deg F

MPa abs [r&w sel](*5)kPa abskg/Sqcm absbar abspsia

NmlCum [r&w sel](*4)k NmlCumM NmlCumNmlLStdCumk StdCumM StdCumStdLStdCuftk StdCuftM Stdcuft

Now *** setting mode of thermometer. Please set at another menu. Process abort.

*** is the parameter set up at "Thermometer/Function"

This message is indicated in case of not setting up "moniter only","Not use" at "Thermometer/Function"

to be continued to mark<*1> in a next page



F040608_2.EPS

<C20>

<C34>

(*1)

<C30>

4-22




4 Detailed setup

1 Characterize meter

2 PV unit

Online Menu


1 Nominal size <E10>

2 Body type <E20>

3 Sensor type <E30>

4 K-factor setup

5 Detector No. [r&w]

15mm [r&w sel]25mm40mm50mm80mm100mm150mm200mm250mm300mm400mm

Standatd [r&w sel]High pressureLow flow unit(1)Low flow unit(2)

1 K-factor unit <E40>

2 K-factor[r&w] <E41>

p/l [r&w sel]p/galp/Impgal

1 Temp unit <C30> (*5)2 Process temp[r&w] <C31>3 Base temp[r&w] <C32>4 Pressure unit <C33> (*7)5 Process pressure[r&w] <C34>6 Base pressure[r&w] <C35>7 Deviation[r&w] <C36>8 STD/Normal unit <C37> (*4)9 Time unit <C40> (*1)10 End

Standatd [r&w sel]High temperatureLow temperature

1 Fluid[#] <C20>

2 Special unit[#] <D40>

Liquid:VolumeGas/Steam:Volume

Liquid:MassGas/Steam:Mass

Gas:STD/Normal

1 Volumetric unit <C22> (*2)2 Time unit <C40> (*1)3 End

1 Density unit <C25> (*6)2 Process density[r&w] <C26>3 Mass unit <C27> (*3)4 Time unit <C40> (*1)5 End

NoYes 1 Base unit[r] <D41>

2 User's unit[r&w] <D42>3 Conversion factor[r&w] <D43>4 End

<*1>



F040608_3.EPS

4-23




4 Detailed setup

3 Configure outputs

4 Signal processing

Online Menu


1 Analog output

2 Contact output [#] <B20>

3 Display mode

4 Totalizer

5 HART output

Blank [r&w sel]Total(Temp)

1 Set noise ratio[r&w] <K26>2 End

1 Flow span[r&w] <B10>2 Outlimit(H)[r&w] <D30>3 Burn out[r] <D35>

1 TLA[r&w] <K10>2 Signal level[r&w] <K20>3 Noise balance mode <K25>

4 Noise ratio[cr or w] <K26>5 Maintenance data

6 Error record <K40>

7 High vibration <K45>

8 Amplifier check

9 Menu type number10 Menu type

1 PV Damp[r&w] <B15>2 Low cut[r&w] <D10>3 Temp setup

4 Density setup

5 Maintenance

1 Temp unit <D20> (*5)2 Process temp[r&w] <D21>

1 Pulse rate[r&w] <B21>OffScaled pulseUnsdcled pulseFrequencyAlarmFlow SW(Low:On)Flow SW(Low:Off)

1 Frequency at 100%[r&w] <B22>

1 Setting level[r&w] <B23>

1 Upper display <B30>

2 Lower display <B31>

Flow rate(%) [r&w sel]Flow rateTemp(%)

1 Total[cr] <A30>2 Total start/stop <B40>

3 Total rate[r&w] <B45>4 Total reset[w,#] <B47>

Stop [r&w sel]Start

1 Poller addr[r&w]2 Num req preams[r]3 Burst mode

4 Burst option

Off [r&w sel]On

PV [w sel]%range/currentProcess vars/crnt

1 Density unit <D25> (*6)2 Process density[r&w] <D26>

Auto [r&w sel]ManualTuning at zero flow

1 Velocity[cr] <K30>2 Span velosity[cr] <K32>3 Vortex frequency[cr]4 Span frequency[cr] <K36>(5 Density) <K38>

Err record reset[w,#]Er record status 1[cr] (*11)Er recprd status 2[cr] (*12)(Er record status 3[cr]) (*13)

0% [r&w sel]No action

1 Set vortex frequency[r&w] <K28>2 End


[[r] : read[cr] : continuous read[w] : write[sel] : select[#] : method : Only for


F040608_4.EPS

<K34>

4-24




4 Detailed setup

5 Review

4 Signal processing

5 Device information

6 ThermometerOnline Menu

6 Adjust

1 Process density[r&w] <H26>2 Viscosity[r&w] <H27>3 End

1 User adjust[r&w] <H20>2 Reynolds adjust[#] <H25>

3 Gas expansion fact <H30>

4 Flow adjust[#] <H40>

1 Manufacturer[r]2 Tag[r&w]3 Descriptor[r&w]4 Message[r&w]5 Date[r&w]6 Write protect[r]7 Revision numbers 1 Universal rev[r]

2 Fld dev rev[r]3 Software rev[r]4 Hardware rev[r]5 Final assembly num[r]6 Dev id[r]

Not active [r&w sel]Active

1 Mass unit <F12> (*3)2 Time unit <F35> (*1)3 End

Not active[r&w sel]Active

Not active [r&w sel]Active 1 Set point 1-data[r&w] <H41, H42>

2 Set point 2-data[r&w] <H43, H44>3 Set point 3-data[r&w] <H45, H46>4 Set point 4-data[r&w] <H47, H48>5 Set point 5-data[r&w] <H49, H50>6 End

1 Function[#] <F10>

2 Cable length[r&w] <F52>3 Temp damping[r&w] <F50>4 Analog out select <F55>

Monitor onlySaturated steam

Superheat steam

Gas:STD/Normal

Liquid:Mass

Not use

1 Pressure unit <F14> (*7)2 Process pressure[r&w] <F15>3 Mass unit <F16> (*3)4 Time unit <F35> (*1)5 End

1 Temp unit <F18> (*5) 2 Base temp [r&w] <F19>3 Pressure unit <F20> (*7)4 Process pressure[r&w] <F21>5 Base pressure[r&w] <F22>6 Devition[r&w] <F23>7 STD/Normal unit <F24> (*4)8 Time unit <F35> (*1)9 End

1 Density unit <F26> (*6)2 Base density[r&w] <F27>3 Temp unit <F28> (*5)4 Base temp[r&w] <F29>5 1'st temp coeff[r&w] <F30>6 2'nd temp coeff[r&w] <F31>7 Mass unit <F32> (*6)8 Time unit <F35> (*1)9 End

FlowTemp 1 Temp unit <D20> (*5)

2 Temp 0%[r&w] <F56>3 Temp 100%[r&w] <F57>4 Temp error out[r&w] <F58>5 End

0% [r&w sel]Out limit(H)Process temp

Review 1[r]Review 2[r]Review 3[r]Review 4[r]

[[r] : read[cr] : continuous read[w] : write[sel] : select[#] : method : Only for


F040608_5.EPS

4-25



F040608_6.EPS

Review 1

Model

Manufacturer

Distributor

Tag

Descriptor

Message

Date

Dev id

Write protect

AO alrm typ

Universal rev

Fld dev rev

Software rev

Hardware rev

Poll addr

Burst mode

Burst option

Numb req preams

Review 2

Flow rate unit

Flow span

PV Damp

Contact output

Pulse rate

Frequency at 100%

Setting level

Upper display

Lower display

Total rate

Total start/stop

Fluid

Process density

Process temp

Base temp

Process pressure

Base pressure

Deviation

Low cut

Out limit (H)

Burn out

Review 3

Special unit

User’s unit

Conversion faetor

Nominal size

Body type

Sensor type

K - factor

Detector No.

User adjust

Reynolds adjust

Viscosity

Gas expansion fact

Flow adjust

TLA

Signal level

Noise balance mode

Noise ratio

Span velocity

Span frequency

Review 4

Function

Base density

1st temp coeff

2nd temp coeff

Cable length

Temp damping

Analog out select

Temp 0%

Temp 100%

Temp error out

(Only for /MV)

(*8) Status 1

Flow over output

Span set error

Pulse set error

Device ID nat entered

Sensor fault

Pre-amp fault

EEPROM fault

(*9) Status 2

Transient noise

High vibration

Clogging

Fluctuating

(*10) Status 3

Temp over output

Over temp

Temp sensor fault

Temp conv fault

(Only for /MV)

4-26



5-1

5. PARAMETER SETUP


5. Parameter Setup

5.1 Parameter SetupThe parameters are set before factory shipment. Set therequired parameter of changing fluid, contact out andindication of display.

5.2 Multi-Variable Type Parameter(Only for /MV)

Parameter item F is indicated when /MV is selected.

The parameters are set before factory shipment, but it isnecessary to set the analog output of temperature, span oftemperature output.

IMPORTANT

For the remote type, be sure to set the cable length(F52) for DYA, remote type converter, because ofeffect of the cable length.

5.3 Parameters ListThis section describes the parameter of digitalYEWFLO.

• Contents of parameter lists.

T050301.EPS

ItemParameternumberNameR / W (Readand write)Data range

UnitRemarks

Disp.U / D

Initial value

Parameter item number.

Parameter name.Indicates parameter attributes.R : Display only (writing is not permitted).W : Writing is permitted.Shows data setting ranges for numerical value entry.Shows data to be selected for data selection.( ) in parentheses, data code is shown for the display.Engineering unit.Remarks such as a description of the contents are given.D : Display can set parameter.L : Parameter can be set by UP LOAD and

DOWN LOAD.(Check all parameters after setting by DOWN LOAD.)

Indicates the initial set values.

Description

5-2

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(1) Item A : IndicationThese items are for the indication of flowrate and total.

T050302.EPS

(Indicate only within Temperature sensor)

(Indicate only for Temperature sensor)

A00

A10

A20

A30

A40

A41

A60

R

R

R

R

R

R

%

FU+C40

FU

%

D20

DISPLAY

FLOW RATE(%)

FLOW RATE

TOTAL

TEMP(%)(*1)

TEMPERATURE(*1)

SELF CHECK

0.0 to 110.0

0.0 to 65535

0 to 999999

0.0 to 110.0

–999.9 to 999.9

GOOD

ERROR

Menu A (Display)

Flow rate

Flow rate (in engineering unit)

Totalized value

Temperature Values (%)

Temperature Values

Self-diagnostic message

Item Name R / W Data Range Unit RemarkInitialvalue Disp. U / D

FU : Flow unit(*1): Only for Option Code /MV

(2) Item B : Easy SettingThese items are for the principal items to operate digitalYEWFLO.

T050303.EPS

B00

B10

B15

B20

B21

B22

B23

B30

B31

B40

B45

B47

B50

B51

B60

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

R

FU + C40

sec

FU / P

PPS

FU +C40

FU / P

D20

D20

10

4

(0)

1.0

1000

0

(0)

(0)

(0)

1.0

(0)

0

-40

260

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

EASY SETUP

FLOW SPAN

DAMPING

CONTACT OUT

(Indicate and Set only for B20 : SCALED PULSE, UNSCALED PULSE)

PULSE RATE

(Indicate and Set only for B20 :FREQUENCY)

FREQ AT 100%

(Indicate and Set only for B20 :FLOW SW (ON), FLOW SW (OFF))

SET LEVEL

UPPER DISP

LOWER DISP

TOTAL START

TOTAL RATE

TOTAL RESET

(Indicate and Set only for Option code /MV)

A / OUT SELECT

(Indicate and Set only for B50: TEMP)

TEMP 0%

TEMP 100%

SELF CHECK

0.00001 to 32000

0 to 99

OFF (0)SCALED PULSE (1)UNSCALED PULSE (2)FREQUENCY (3)ALARM (4)FLOW SW(LOW:ON) (5)FLOW SW(LOW:OFF)(6)

0.00001 to 32000

0 to 10000

0.00001 to 32000

FLOW RATE (%) (0)FLOW RATE (1)TEMP(%)(*1)

BLANK (0)TOTAL (1)TEMP(*1)

STOP (0)START (1)

0.00001 to 32000 (0)

NOT EXECUTE (0)EXECUTE (1)

FLOW (0)TEMP (1)

-999.9 to 999.9

-999.9 to 999.9

GOOD

ERROR

Menu B

Flow Span

Damping Time

Contact Output Type

Pulse Output Rate

Pulse Output Rate at sec / 100%

Flow Switch (Actual Flow rate)

Selection of Upper Display

Selection of Lower Display

Start / Stop of Totalizer

Total Rate

Totalizer Reset

Selection of Analog Output

Set Temperature Value at 0%

Set Temperature Value at 100%



FU : Flow unit(*1) : Only for Option Code /MV

A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to the indicator.

B52

5-3

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(3) Item C : BASIC SETUPThese items are for the basic parameters with setting before shipment.The parameters, C20 to C50, are not indicated when option code “/MV” is selected and parameter item is selected in F10 except“Monitor only” or “Not use”.

T050304.EPS

C00C10C20

C22

C25

C26C27

C30

C31

C32C33

C34

C35C36C37

C40

C45C50C60

WW

W

W

WW

W

W

WW

W

WWW

W

WWR

C25

C30

C30

C33

C33

FU+C40sec

(0)

(0)

(0)

1024(0)

(0)

15.0

15.0(0)

0.1013

0.10131.0(0)

(2)

104

D

D

D

DD

D

D DD

D DDD

D

DD

L

L

L

LL

L

L LL

L LLL

L

LL

BASIC SETUPTAG NO.FLUID

(Indicate and Set only for C20 : LIQUID : Volume, GAS / STEAM : Volume)VOLUME UNIT

(Indicate and Set only for C20 : LIQUID : MASS, GAS / STEAM : MASS)DENSITY UNIT

DENSITY fMASS UNIT

(Indicate and Set only for C20 : GAS : STD / Normal)TEMP UNIT

TEMP f TEMP bPRESS UNIT

PRESS f PRESS bDEVIATIONSTD/NOR UNIT

TIME UNIT

FLOW SPANDAMPINGSELF CHECK

16 charactersLIQUID:Volume (0)GAS/STEAM:Volume (1)LIQUID:Mass (2)GAS/STEAM:Mass (3)GAS:STD/Normal (4)

m3 (0)k m3 (1)l (2)cf (3)m cf (4)k cf (5)USgal (6)k USgal (7)UKgal (8)k UKgal (9)bbl (10)m bbl (11)k bbl (12)

kg/m3 (0)lb/c f (1)lb/USgal (2)lb/UKgal (3)0.00001 to 32000kg (0)t (1)lb (2)k lb (3)

deg C (0)deg F (1)-999.9 to 999.9 -999.9 to 999.9MPa abs (0)kPa abs (1)bar abs (2)kg/cm2 a (3)psia (4)0.00001 to 32000 0.00001 to 320000.001 to 10.0Nm3 (0)k Nm3 (1)M Nm3 (2)Nl (3)Sm3 (4)k Sm3 (5)M Sm3 (6)Sl (7)scf (8)k scf (9)M scf (10)/s (0)/m (1)/h (2)/d (3)0.00001 to 320000 to 99GOODERROR

Menu C (Meter characterize)Tag NumberSelection of FLUID type

Selection of Flow Units for Flow Rate

Selection of Density Unit

Operating Density (Manual Setting Value)Selection of Mass Flow Unit

Selection of Temperature Unit

Operating Temperature (Manual Setting Value)Standard / Normal TemperatureSelection of Pressure Unit

Absolute Pressure at Operating Condition (Manual Setting Value)Absolute Pressure at Standard ConditionDeviation FactorSelection of Volumetric Unit at Normal Condition

Selection of Time Unit

Flow SpanDamping Time Self-diagnostic message


FU : Flow unit(*1) : Only for Option Code /MV


5-4

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(4) Item D : Additional SetupThese items are for Auxiliary Setup.

T050305.EPS

D00

D10

D20

D21

D25

D26

D30

D35

D40

D41

D42

D43

D60

W

W

W

W

W

W

R

R

W

W

R

FU + C40

D20

D25

%

(0)

15.0

(0)

1024

110.0

(0)

(0)

1.0

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

L

AUX. SETUP

LOW CUT

TEMP UNIT

TEMP f

DENSITY UNIT

DENSITY f

OUT LIMIT (H)

BURN OUT

SPECIAL UNIT

(Indication and set only for D40 : Yes)

BASE UNIT

USER’S UNIT

CONV FACTOR

SELF CHECK

∗ to 32000

deg C (0)

deg F (1)

-999.9 to 999.9

kg/m3 (0)

lb/cf (1)

lb/USgal (2)

lb/UKgal (3)

0.00001 to 32000

100.0 to 110.0

High (0)

Low (1)

No (0)

Yes (1)

m3 (0)

k m3 (1)

l (2)

cf (3)

m cf (4)

k cf (5)

USgal (6)

kUSgal (7)

UKgal (8)

kUKgal (9)

bbl (10)

m bbl (11)

k bbl (12)

kg (13)

t (14)

lb (15)

k lb (16)

Nm3 (17)

k Nm3 (18)

M Nm3 (19)

NI (20)

Sm3 (21)

k Sm3 (22)

M Sm3 (23)

SI (24)

scf (25)

k scf (26)

M scf (27)

8 characters

0.00001 to 32000

GOODERROR

Menu D (Additinal Setup)

Low Cut Flow rate ∗ Minimum Flow rate / 2

Selection of Temperature Unit

Operating Temperature (Manual Setting Value)

Selection of Density Unit

Operating Density (Manual Setting Value)

Upper Limit Value

Output Direction at Burn Out

Selection of change for Special Flow Unit

Basic unit for conversion to special unit

User’s unit

Coefficient for conversion to special unit



FU : Flow unit


5-5

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(5) Item E : Detector SetupThese items are for detector that has been already set before.

T050306.EPS

E00E10

E20

E30

E40

E41E50E60

W

W

W

W

WWR

E40

(1)

(0)

(0)

(0)

68.6

D

D

D

D

D

L

L

L

L

METER SETUPNOMINAL SIZE

BODY TYPE

SENSOR TYPE

K-FACT UNIT

K-FACTORDETECTOR No.SELF CHECK

15mm (0)25mm (1)40mm (2)50mm (3)80mm (4)100mm (5)150mm (6)200mm (7)250mm (8)300mm (9)-------- (10)Standard (0)High Pressure (1)Low Flow Unit (1) (2)Low Flow Unit (2) (3)Reduced Bore Type (/R1)(4)Reduced Bore Type (/R2)(5)Standard (0)High Temperature (1)Low Temperature (2)P/l (0)P/Usgal (1)P/Ukgal (2)0.00001 to 32000

16 characters

GOODERROR

Menu E (Detector setup)Selection of Nominal Size

Selection of Body Type

Selection of Sensor Type

Selection of K-factor Unit

K-factor value of 15 deg CDetector numberSelf-diagnostic message

Item Name R / W Data Range Unit Remark Initialvalue Disp. U / D

FU : Flow unit


5-6

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(6) Item F: Thermometer (Only for Option Code /MV)These items is for thermometer setting when.

F10

F12

F14

F15F16

F18

F19F20

F21F22F23F24

F26

F27F28

F29F30F31F32

F35

F40F45F50F52F55

F56F57F58

F60

W

W

W

WW

W

WWWWWWWWWW

W

WW

WWWW

W

WWWWW

WWW

R

F14

F18

F20F20

F26

F281/F28

1/F28ˆ2

FU+35secsecm

D20D20

(0)

(0)

(0)

0.1013(0)

(0)

15.0(0)

0.10130.1013

1.0(0)

0

10240

15.000

(0)

1

0.54400

-402601

D

D

D

D

D

DD

DDDD

D

DD

DDDD

D

DDDDD

DDD

L

L

L

L

L

LL

LLLL

L

LL

LLLL

L

LLLLL

LLL

Function

(Indicate and set only for F10: Saturated Stem)MASS UNIT

(Indicate and set only for F10: Superheat Steam)PRSS UNIT

PRESS fMASS UNIT

(Indicate and set only for F10: GAS STD/Normal)TEMP UNIT

TEMP bPRESS UNIT

PRESS fPRESS bDEVIATIONSTD/NOR UNIT

(Indicate and set only for F10: Liquid: Mass)DENSITY UNIT

DENSITY bTEMP UNIT

TEMP b1st coef2nd coefMASS UNIT

TIME UNIT

FLOW SPANDAMPINGTEMP DAMPINGCABLE LENGTHA/OUT SELECT

(Indicate and set only for F55: TEMP)TEMP 0%TEMP 100%TEMP ERR OUT

SELF CHECK

Monitor only (0)Saturated Steam (1)Superheat Steam (2)GAS: STD/Normal (3)LIQUID: Mass (4)Not use (5)

kg (0)t (1)Ib (2)k Ib (3)

MPa abs (0)kPa abs (1)bar abs (2)kg/cm2 a (3)psia (4)0.00001 to 32000kg (0)t (1)Ib (2)k Ib (3)

deg C (0)deg F (1)-999.9 to 999.9MPa abs (0)kPa abs (1)bar abs (2)kg/cm2 a (3)psia (4)0.00001 to 320000.00001 to 320000.001 to 10.000Nm3 (0)k Nm3 (1)M Nm3 (2)NI (3)Sm3 (4)k Sm3 (5)M Sm3 (6)SI (7)scf (8)k scf (9)M scf (10)

kg/m3 (0)Ib/cf (1)Ib/USgal (2)Ib/UKgal (3)0.00001 to 32000deg C (0)deg F (1)-999.9 to 999.9-32000 to 32000-32000 to 32000kg (0)t (1)Ib (2)k Ib (3)/s (0)/m (1)/h (2)/d (3)0.00001 to 320000 to 990 to 990 to 30FLOW (0)TEMP (1)

-999.9 to 999.9-999.9 to 999.90% (0)OUT LIMIT(H) (1)TEMP f (2)GOODERROR

Select thermometer function.(Move to F40 when “Monitor only” is selected)(Move to F60 when “Not Use” is selected)

Selection of mass flow rate unit

Selection of pressure unit

Absolute pressure at operating condition(Manual setting vaiue)Selection of mass flow rate unit

Selection of temperature unit

Standard/Normal temperatureSelection of temperture unit

Absolute pressure at operating condition(Manual setting value)Absolute pressure at Standard conditionDeviation factorSelection of volumetric unit at normal condition

Selection of density unit

Density of standard conditionSelection of temperature unit

Temperature of standard condition1st temperature coefficient2nd temperature coefficientSelection of mass flow rate unit

Selection of time unit

Flow spanDampingDamping for temperture outputCable length for signal cable (0m in case of integral version)Selection of analog output

Temperture value at 0%Temperture value at 100%Selection of themometer error output when “F55: TEMP” is selected (A value of OUT LIMIT(H) depend on D30)


F00 THERMOMETER Menu F(Thermometer) Only within Thermometer

A Value in “( )” is the data corresponding to the indicator.

(*1) When “K50 : SOFTWARE REV” is “3.10”, it can be available.

U/D*1DispInitial Value

T050307.EPS

5-7

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(7) Item H : Adjust.These items are for setting of adjustment.

T050308.EPS

H00

H10

H11

H20

H25

H26

H27

H30

H40

H41

H42

H43

H44

H45

H46

H47

H48

H49

H50

H60

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

R

%

%

D25

mPa.s

Hz

%

Hz

%

Hz

%

Hz

%

Hz

%

0.0

0.0

1.0

(0)

1024

1.0

(0)

(0)

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

ADJUST

TRIM 4mA

TRIM 20mA

USER ADJUST

REYNOLDS ADJ

(Indicator and Set only H25 : Active)

DENSITY f

VISCOSITY

EXPANSION FA

FLOW ADJUST

(Indicator and Set only H40 : Active)

FREQUENCY 1

DATA 1

FREQUENCY 2

DATA 2

FREQUENCY 3

DATA 3

FREQUENCY 4

DATA 4

FREQUENCY 5

DATA 5

SELF CHECK

-1.00 to 1.00

-1.00 to 1.00

0.00001 to 32000

NOT ACTIVE (0)

ACTIVE (1)

0.00001 to 32000

0.00001 to 32000

NOT ACTIVE (0)

ACTIVE (1)

NOT ACTIVE (0)

ACTIVE (1)

0 to 32000

-50.00 to 50.00

0 to 32000

-50.00 to 50.00

0 to 32000

-50.00 to 50.00

0 to 32000

-50.00 to 50.00

0 to 32000

-50.00 to 50.00

GOODERROR

Menu H (Adjust)

Trimming 4mA

Trimming 20mA

User Adjust

Reynolds Coefficient

Density at operating condition

Viscosity factor

Expansion correction for compressible Gas

Instrumental Error Adjust

First break-point frequency (f1)

First correcting value (d1)

Second break-point frequency (f2)

Second correcting value (d2)

Third break-point frequency (f3)

Third correcting value (d3)

Fourth break-point frequency (f4)

Fourth correcting value (d4)

Fifth break-point frequency (f5)

Fifth correcting value (d5)




(8) Item J : TestThese items are for test of output.

T050309.EPS

J00

J10

J20

J30

J60

W

W

W

R

%

PPS

0.0

0

(0)

D

D

D

TEST

OUT ANALOG

OUT PULSE

OUT STATUS

SELF CHECK

0.0 to 110.0

0 to 10000

OFF (0)

ON (1)

GOODERROR

Menu J (Test)

Current Output

Pulse Output

Status Output




5-8

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(9) Item K : MaintenanceThese items are for maintenance.

T050310.EPS

K00

K10

K20

K25

K26

K28

K30

K32

K34

K36

K38

K40

K45

K50

K60

W

W

W

R / W

W

R

R

R

R

R

R

W

R

R

Hz

m/s

m/s

Hz

Hz

D25

1.0

1.0

(0)

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

MAINTENANCE

TLA

SIGNAL LEVEL

N.B. MODE

NOISE RATIO

SET VORTEX F

VELOCITY

SPAN V

VORTEX FREQ.

SPAN F

DENSITY

ERROR RECORD

H VIBRATION

SOFTWARE REV

SELF CHECK

0.1 to 20.0

0.1 to 20.0

AUTO (0)MANUAL (1)TUNING AT ZERO (2)

0.00 to 2.00

0 to 10000

0.00001 to 32000

0%No ACTION

0.01 to 99.99

GOODERROR

Menu K (Maintenance)

Trigger Level Adjust

Signal Level

Selection of Noise balance Mode

Output test by setting simulated frequency.(*2)

Velocity

Span velocity

Vortex frequency

Span frequency

Density value (Calculated by Thermometer)

Error Records

Selection of Output Function when “High

Vibration” error is indicated.

Software Revision Number



(Indicate only for F10: “Saturated Steam” or “Super heat steam” or “Liquid mass)(*1)

(*1) Only for Option Code /MV(*2) Available for 5.10 or greater version that can be checked in K50 SOFTWARE REV.

(10) Item M : MemoThese items are for Memorandum.

T050311.EPS

M00

M10

M20

M30

M60

W

W

W

R

MEMO

MEMO 1

MEMO 2

MEMO 3

SELF CHECK

16 characters

16 characters

16 characters

GOODERROR

Menu M (Memo)

Memorandum 1 (16 characters)





5-9

5. PARAMETER SETUP


5.4 Parameter Description(1) Item A : DisplayThese items are for the indication of flowrate and total.

[A10:FLOW RATE(%)] Flow rateFlowrate is displayed by “%” to span value.

[A20:FLOW RATE] Flow rate (Engineering unit)Flowrate is displayed by engineering unit.

[A30:TOTAL] Total valueTotal value of flowrate is displayed

The following item should be done in case ofwhich Option code /MV is selected andanalog output is “Temperature”.

[A40:TEMP(%)] Temperature valueThe measured temperature value is displayed by “%” to spanvalue of temperature.

The following item should be done in case ofwhich Option code /MV is selected.

[A41:TEMPERATURE] Temperature valueThe measured temperature value is displayed by engineeringunit.

(2) Item B : Easy SettingThese items are for the Principal items to operatedigitalYEWFLO.

A value in “( )” is the data corresponding to indicator.

[B10:FLOW SPAN] Flowrate spanSet the required span with a numerical.

[B15:DAMPING] Damping time constantSet damping time constant values from 0s to 99sec.

[B20:CONTACT OUT] Contact outputSelect contact output.

T050401.EPS

OFF (0)

SCALED PULSE (1)

UNSCALED PULSE (2)

FREQUENCY (3)

ALARM (4)

FLOW SW (LOW:ON) (5)

FLOW SW (LOW:OFF) (6)

Scaled pulse output: Refer to “B21”

Unscaled pulse output: Refer to “B21”

Frequency output: Refer to “B22”

Alarm output: The status goes from close

to open (OFF) during alarming.

Refer to 5.5 Error Code Lists.

Status output: Refer to “B23”

Status output: Refer to “B23”

Item Description

[B21:PULSE RATE] Pulse output rateSet output rate in a selection of SCALED PULSE orUNSCALED PULSE.

SCALED PULSE OUTPUT:

When SCALED PULSE is selected in B20, set flowrate perone pulse output. Rate unit is linking to the flow unit.

UNSCALED PULSE OUTPUT:

When UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20, it outputnumber of vortex (vortex frequency) as a pulse-number,which is detected from vortex shedder bar. (1.0 must be setfor this.)

The formula for output pulse number is as follows.

Output pulse number per one second = vortex number perone second / PULSE RATE set number. Refer to 6.1.5 Unitof Pulse Output (Scaling).

5-10

5. PARAMETER SETUP


[B22:100% FREQ] Pulse numbers of 100% at onesecond

Set pulse number at 100% for one second when “FRE-QUENCY” in B20 is selected.

F050401.EPS

Pulse numbers (PPS)

T=1s

[B23:SET LEVEL] Level of flow switchSet level of flow switch when “FLOW SW” in B20 isselected. The contact output is sent out when the flowrate isless than the set comparison level.

Output(%) Setting Value

10% Hysteresis

Contact Output ON : FLOW SW (LOW : ON)

Contact Output OFF : FLOW SW (LOW : OFF)

F050402.EPS

[B30:UPPER DISP] Upper indicator displaySelect upper display, Flow rate (%) (0), Flowrate (1),TEMP(%)(2). “TEMP(%)” can be selected when OptionCode/MV.

[B31:LOWER DISP] Lower indicator displaySelect lower indicator display, “BLANK (0), TOTAL (1),TEMP(2). When “BLANK” in B31 is selected, indicator isblank. “TEMP” can be selected when Option Code/MV.

[B40:TOTAL START]Select the START/STOP of totalizer from “STOP (0),START (1).”

[B45:TOTAL RATE] Total rate of the totalizerSet the total rate of the totalizer.

[B47:TOTAL RESET] Reset the totalizerWhen totalizer reset function is executed, the total displayand communication parameter are reset.

The following items should be done in case ofwhich Option code “/MV” is selected.

[B50 A/OUT SELECT] Analog Output selectSelect the analog output select from flow rate or temperature.

When changing the analog output, UPPER DISPLAY can bechanged shown as below automatically.

B50 : A/OUT SELECT

“TEMP” TO “FLOW”

“FLOW” TO “TEMP”

UPPER DISPLAY

FLOW(%)

TEMP(%)(“B30 : UPPER DISPLAY” is “FLOW RATE”, it can not be changed.)

T050402.EPS

The following item should be done in case ofwhich B50 is “TEMP”

[B51 TEMP 0%]Set temperature value of 0% output.

[B52 TEMP 100%]Set temperature valve of 100% output.

5-11

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(3) Item C : BASIC SETUPThese items are for the basic parameters with setting beforeshipment.

The parameters which are set in B are not necessary to set in C.


The parameters, C20 to C50, are not indicatedwhen option code “/MV” is selected andparameter item is selected in F10 except“Monitor only” or “Not Use”.

[C10: TAG NO] Tag. NoSet Tag. No. (16 characters)

Available characters are as follows.

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a

b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 . SPACE / - , + * ) ( ’ & % $ # “ !

[C20:FLUID] Flowrate unitSet the flowrate unit below.

T050403.EPS

LIQUID : Volume (0)

GAS/STEAM : Volume (1)

LIQUID : Mass (2)

GAS/STEAM : Mass (3)

GAS : STD/Normal (4)

Volumetric flow of Iiquid measuring

Volumetric flow of gas or steam measuring

Mass flow of liquid measuring

Mass flow of gas or steam measuring

Volumetric flow at Standard condition

Item Description

The following items should be done in case ofwhich “C20” is “LIQUID : Volume” or “GAS/STEAM : Volume”.

[C22:VOLUME UNIT] Volumetric unitSelect the unit of volumetric flow from m3(0), km3(1), l(2),cf(3), mcf(4), def(5), USgal(6), kUKgal(9), bbl(10),mbbl(11), kbbl(12).

The following items should be done in case ofwhich “C20” is “LIQUID: Mass” or “GAS/STEAM : Mass”

[C25:DENSITY UNIT] Density Unit of Flowmeasurement

Select the unit of density from kg/m3(0), lb(1), lb/USgal(2),lb/UKgal(3).

[C26:DENSITY f] Density at normal operationconditions

Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition formass flow unit.

[C27:MASS UNIT] Mass flowrate unitSelect the mass flowrate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3).

The following item should be done in case ofwhich “C20” is “GAS/STEAM : Volume”.

[C30:TEMP UNIT] Fluid temperature unit atoperating conditions

Select temperature unit at operating condition from

“degC (0), degF (1)”.

[C31:TEMP f] Fluid temperature at operatingconditions

Set fluid temperature at operating condition.

Range is -196 to 450°C

The following items should be done in case ofwhich “C20” is “GAS/STD : Normal”.

[C32:TEMP b] Fluid temperature at standard/normal conditions

Set the values of Fluid temperature at standard condition.

[C33:PRESS UNIT] Pressure unitSelect the unit of pressure from “MPa abs(0), kPa abs(1), kg/cm2 abs(2), bar abs(3)”.

[C34:PRESS f] Absolute pressure at operatingconditions

Set the absolute pressure at operating condition.

[C35:PRESS b] Absolute pressure at standard/normal condition

Set the absolute pressure at normal condition.

[C36:DEVIATION] Deviation factorSet deviation factor.

[C37:STD/NOR UNIT] Volumetric unit at normalconditions

Select volumetric unit at normal condition from Nm3(0),kNm3(1), MNm3(2), Nl(3), Sm3(4), Km3(5), Mm3(6), Sl(7),scf(8), kscf(9), Mscf(10).

[C40:TIME UNIT] TIME UNITSelect time unit from “/s(0), /m(1), /h(2), d(3)”

[C45:FLOW SPAN] Flowrate spanSet the required span with a numerical value.

[C50:DAMPING] Damping time constantSet damping time constant values from 0 to 99sec.

5-12

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(4) Item D (AUX SETUP)These items are for Auxiliary setup.


[D10:LOW CUT] Low-cut flowrate

NOTE

For D10 setting, be sure to set “NOMINAL SIZE”in E10 firstly.

Set to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate (orlow frequency) range. The settable range for low cut flowrateis more than half-minimum flowrate.

NOTE

D10: LOW CUT can be set after the items forcompensations (H25, H30, H40) are set to“ACTIVE”.

[D20:TEMP UNIT] Fluid temperature unit atoperating conditions

Select temperature unit at operating condition from“degC (0), degF (1)”.

[D21:TEMP f] Fluid temperature at operatingconditions

Set fluid temperature at operating condition.

Range is -196 to 450°C

[D25:DENSITY UNIT] Density Unit of Flowmeasurement

Select the unit of density from kg/m3(0), lb(1), lb/USgal(2),lb/UKgal(3).

[D26:DENSITY f] Density at normal operationconditions

Set the density value of the fluid at operating condition formass flow unit

[D30:OUT LIMIT] Limit value of output andindication

Set limit value of output from 100.0% to 110.0%

[D35:BURN OUT] Indication of the outputdirection at burn out

This is indication of the output direction at burn out. Refer to“6.1.6 Burn out” when the output direction can be changed.

[D40:SPECIAL UNIT] Change to specialflowrate unit

Select the availability of changing to special flowrate Unitfrom “No(0)” or “Yes(1)”

[D41:BASE UNIT] Indication of the specialflowrate unit

Indication of the basic flowrate unit when item D40 is“Yes(1)”

[D42:USER'S UNIT] Free unit for usersSet in up to 8 alphanumeric characters when item D40 is“Yes(1)”

5-13

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(5) Item E (METER SETUP)These items are for detector set up that has already been setbefore shipment.


[E10:NOMINAL SIZE] Nominal size of thedetector

Select the nominal size of the flowmeter, from “15mm(0),25mm(1), 40mm(2), 50mm(3), 80mm(4), 100mm(5),150mm(6), 200mm(7), 250mm(8), 300mm(9)”

[E20:BODY TYPE] Body type for the detectorSelect body type for detector from standard or high pressure.Standard (0) : Standard typeHigh Pressure (1) : High Pressure type (tokuchu)Low Flow Unit (1) (2) : Reduced Bore type (option : /R1)Low Flow Unit (2) (3) : Reduced Bore type (option : /R2)

NOTE

Parameter setting for the Reduced Bore type,Select Low Flow Unit (1) or (2) and set. Setnominal size of the model code to E10:NOMINAL SIZE.

[E30:SENSOR TYPE] Sensor type for thedetector

Select sensor type for the detector from standard or HT/LT

[E40:K-FACTOR UNIT],Select this unit from p/l, p/Usgal, p/Ukgal.

[E41:K-FACTOR]The flowmeter data plate includes a K-factor (KM) at 15°Cfor the combined detector.

[E50:DETECTOR NO.] Detector number offlowmeter

Set the serial number using 16 alphanumeric characters of thedetector combined converter.

(6) ltem F (Thermometer)These items are for setting of thermometer and availablewhen build in thermometer type (Option code: /MV).

[F10: Function] Thermometer functionSelect the thermometer function.

Monitor only(0): Only temperature measurement.

Saturated Steam: Mass Flow rate is calculated from densityvalues by temperature measurementusing saturated steam table.

Superheat Steam: Mass Flow rate is calculated from densityvalues by temperature measured by usingsteam table. In order to measuresuperheat steam. It is necessary to makeconstant pressure value.

GAS: STD/Normal: Volumetric flow rate at standardcondition is calculated by using Pressure-Temperature correction. It is necessary tomale constant pressure value.

Liquid: Mass: Mass flow rate is calculated by using thedensity change values depend ontemperature values by which thesecondary order function is used.

The following item should be done in case ofwhich F10 is Saturated steam

[F12 MASS UNlT] Mass flow unitSelect mass rate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3).

The following items should be done in case ofwhich F10 is Superheat steam

[F14 PRESS UNIT] Pressure unitSelect pressure unit from MPa abs(0), kPa abs(1), bar abs(2),kg/cm2 a(3), psia(4).

[F15 PRESS f] Pressure valueSet absolute pressure values at operating condition.

[F16 MASS UNIT] Mass flow unitSelect mass flow unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3).

The following items should be done in case of which F10 isGAS: STD/Normal

[F18 TEMP UNIT] Temperature unitSelect temperature unit from deg C(0), deg F (1).

[F19 TEMP b] Temperature bSet temperature value at normal/standard condition.

5-14

5. PARAMETER SETUP


[F20 PRESS UNIT] Pressure unitSelect pressure unit from MPa abs(0), kPa abs(1), bar abs(2),kg/cm2 a(3), psia(4).

[F21 PRESS f] Pressure value fSet absolute pressure values at operating condition.

[F22 PRESS b] Pressure value bSet absolute pressure values at normal/standard Condition.

[F23 DEVIATION] Daviation factorSet the daviation factor.

[F24 STD/NOR UNIT] Standard/Normal unitSelect Volumetric unit at standard/normal condition FromNm3(0), k Nm3(1), M Nm3(2), Nl(3), Sm3(4)

k Sm3(5), M Sm3(6), Sl(7), scf(8), k scf(9), M scf(10)

The following item should be done in case ofwhich F10 is LIQUID:MASS

[F26 DENSITY UNIT] Density unitSelect density unit from kg/m3(0), lb/cf(1), lb/Usgal(2), lb/Ukgal(3).

[F27 DENSlTY b] Density bSet density value at standard condition.

[F28 TEMP UNIT] Temperature unitSelect temperature unit from deg C(0), deg F(1).

[F29 TEMP b] Temperature bSet temperature value at standard condition

[F30 1st coef] lst coefficientSet lst temperature coefficient using the density correction.

[F31 2nd coef] 2nd coefficientSet lst temperature coefficient using the density correction.

[F32 MASS UNIT] Mass unitSelect mass flow rate unit from kg(0), t(1), lb(2), k lb(3).

[F35 TIME UNIT] Time unitSelect time unit from /s(0), /m(1), /h(2), /d(3).

[F40 FLOW SPAN] Flow spanSet span flow rate, 0 to 32000.

[F45 DAMPING] Flow dampingSet flow damping, 0 to 99sec.

[F50 TEMP DAMPING] Temperature dampingSet temperature damping, 0 to 99sec.

[F52 CABLE LENGTH] Cable length of signalcable(DYC)

Set cable length(m) of signal cable for DYA.

When type of model is integral, cable length is set in 0m.

IMPORTANT

Be sure to set this parameter to correct temperaturemeasurement error, occured by cable length.

[F55 A/OUT SELECT] Analog out selectSelect the analog output from FLOW(0), TEMP(1).

The following item should be done in case ofwhich F55 is TEMP

[F56 TEMP 0%] Temperature at 0%Set temperature value at 0%.

[F57 TEMP 100%] Temperature at 100%Set temperature value at 100%.

[F58 TEMP ERR OUT] Output selection ofthermometer error

Select output function when thermometer error from 0%(0),OUTLIMIT(H)(1), TEMP f.

In case of OUT LIMIT(H), it is based on parameter “D30”

5-15

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(7) Item H (ADJUST)This item for setting of adjustment.

[H10, H11:TRIM 4mA, TRIM 20mA] Triming of4mA and 20mA

Fine tuning adjustment of 4mA and 20mA output.

Fine tuning range is form -1.00% to 1.00%.

[H20:USER ADJUST] Conversion factor foruser setting.

Set conversion factor by user.

This conversion factor is converted into measurementflowrate.

[H25:REYNOLDS ADJ] Reynolds adjustmentSelect the Reynolds adjustment.

This adjustment should be done in case of their errorcompensation, because error of vortex flowmeter should beincreased when it come to low reynolds numbers.

The following item should be done in case ofwhich “H25” is “ACTIVE”.

[H26:DENSITY f]Set the density at operating condition.

[H27:VISCOSITY]Set the value of density and viscosity at standard conditions.These values should be used for Reynolds adjustment.Reynolds number(Re) is calculated as shown in the formulabelow.

Q · pfRe = 354 x

D · v

Q : Volumetric flow (m3/h)D : Internal diameter (m)pf : Density at operating conditionµ : Viscosity (m Pa · s (cp))

Flowrate error of vortex flowmeter increases as Reynoldsnumber decrease less than 20000.

By setting H25, H26, H27, it corrects the error.

[H30:EXPANSION FA] Gas expansion correc-tion.

When measuring a compressibility gas by mass flow (SteamM, Gas M) and standard condition (Gas Qn), this expansionfactor is useful to correct the deviation from the ideal gaslaw.

[H40:FLOW ADJUST] Select a break pointcorrection

Select a break point correction for the instrumental error from“NOT ACTIVE(0) OR ACTIVE(1)”.

[H41, H45:FLOW ADJUST] Instrumental ErrorCorrection

n Correct the instrumental error in flowmeter characteristicsusing 1 line-segment approximation (with five correctionfactors).

(1)Flow frequency input at line segments needs to bef1-f2-f3-f4-f5.When four correction factors are available, line segmentsneed to be f4=f5 and d4=d5.When three correction factors are available, linesegments need to be f3=f4=f5 and d3=d4=d5.

(2)When a flow input of f1 or less is present, correct theinstrumental error as the corrected value=d1.

(3)When a flow input of f5 or more is present, correct theinstrumental error as the corrected value=d5.

(4)Abscissa (f1 to f5) : Set the break-point frequencies asparameters.

(5)Ordinate (d1 to d5) : Set the corrected value (%) at eachbreak-point as parameters.

Qs-ISet value = - ∞ 100 I

WhereQs : Correct flowrate determined by a reference apparatusI : Indication of vortex flowmeter

• Definition of error varies with the type of flowmeter. Becareful of the difference in signs in the error and correctedvalue.

f(Hz)Qf = ∞ 100 K-factor

holds and the error is included in the K-factor.Therefore, for the region where the K-factor shift on thepositive side, the corrected value is negative.The corrected value when the calibration fluid of theflowmeter and the fluid to be measured are different mustbe set as a corrected value obtained by making bothabscissas agree with respect to the Reynolds number.

NOTE

D10: LOW CUT can be set after the items forcompensations (H25, H30, H40) are set to“ACTIVE”.

5-16

5. PARAMETER SETUP


(8) Item J (TEST)These items are for test of output.


[J10:OUT ANALOG] 4 to 20mA Current output.It tests 4 to 20mA Current output. Electric current of the setvalue (%) which designates 4 to 20mA as 0 to 100%.

When this test is executed, transistor contact output (Pulse,Alarm, Status) is fixed at ON or OFF (not determined).

Exiting this parameter item or stopping access after tenminutes, this function will be reset automatically.

[J20:OUT PULSE] Pulse outputIt tests Pulse output.

The number of pulses which is set (unit: PPS) is output.


When this test is executed, current output is fixed at 0%(4mA).

[J30:OUT STATUS] Status output testStatus output test can be executed (OFF(0) or ON(1)).

When this test is executed, current output is fixed at 0%(4mA).


(9) Item K (Maintenance)These items are for maintenance.


[K10:TLA] TLA AdjustmentTrigger level (TLA) is adjusted upon shipment. Therefore,TLA adjustment is nonnecessity. But set TLA adjustmentbelow as

• The measurement of Low flow rate area is required.• Mechanical vibration and impact are applied to

digitalYEWFLO and Zero point and low flow rate area isoutput.

Note: Refer to “6.2 Adjustment for Manual Mode”.

[K20:SIGNAL LEVEL]Set the signal level.

[K25:N. B. MODE]Set the Noise Balance Mode from “AUTO(0)” or“MANUAL(1)” or “TUNING AT ZERO(2)”

[K26:N. B.RATIO] The ratio of Noise Balance.When “NOISE BALANCE MODE (N. B. MODE)” is“AUTO”, noise balance value is the indication only.

When N.B. mode is “MANUAL”, the noise balance can beadjusted entering the setting values.

Note: Refer to “6.2 Adjustment for Manual Mode”.

[K28:SET VORTEX F] Output test by settingsimulated frequency.

Amplifier check is executed by simulated frequency input.

Output to be able to check are, analog output, pulse output/contact output.

Test status also can be seen on display board.

NOTE

• In case of multi-variable type (/MV), outputvalue is calculated by setting density andtemperature.

• Available for 5.10 or greater version that canbe checked in K50 SOFTWARE REV.

[K30:VELOCITY] Flow velocityIndication of flow velocity at the operating conditions.

[K32:SPAN V] Flow span velocityIndication of flow span velocity.

When /MV is selected and “F10 : FUNCTION” is “SaturatedSteam” or “Superheat Steam” and “GAS : STD/Normal” or“LIQUID : Mass”, the display of span velocity may differfrom an actual value.

[K34:VORTEX FREQ.] Vortex frequency.Indication of vortex frequency at operating conditions.

[K36:SPAN F] Span vortex frequency.Indication of span vortex frequency.

When /MV is selected and “F10 : FUNCTION” is “SaturatedSteam” or “Superheat Steam” and “GAS : STD/Normal” or“LIQUID : Mass”, the display of span frequency may differfrom an actual value.

[K40:ERROR RECORD] Error recordThe error record can be indicated.

• The error is recorded as history.• The error history is not time-series data.• The error history can be holded for 30 days.

In order to clear an error record, set the video inverse bar by“< >” and press “ENTER”key twice.

[K50:SOFTWARE REV] Software revisionThe software revision can be indicated.

5-17

5. PARAMETER SETUP


5.5 Error Code ListsWhen an ERROR is displayed by SELF CHECK in item A60, B60, C60, D60, E60, or H60, J60, K60, M60, press function keyF2 [DIAG] on BRAIN Terminal and the error contents are displayed.

The error contents are listed below:

Table 5.1 ERROR Code List

T050

501.

EPS

Engi

neer

ing

Uni

t Out

put

Engi

neer

ing

Tem

p O

utpu

tPu

lse

Out

put

Cur

rent

Out

put

Prob

lem

Cau

seEr

ror

Nam

eD

iagn

ostic

Mes

sage

Indi

catio

n

Err-

01

Err-

02

Err-

06

Err-

07

CH

ECK

Vib

rati

on

CH

ECK

Vib

rati

on

CH

ECK

Flow

CH

ECK

Flow

Err-

10

Err-

11

Err-

12

Err-

13

Err-

20

Err-

30

Err-

40

OV

ERO

UTP

UT

SPA

N S

ET

ERRO

R

PULS

EO

UT

ERRO

R

PULS

ESE

TER

ROR

Tran

sien

tnois

e

Hig

hvi

bra

tion

Fluct

ual

ing

Clo

gg

ing

TEM

PO

VER

OU

TPU

T

OV

ERTE

MP

TEM

PSE

NSO

RFA

ULT

TEM

PC

ON

V.

FAU

LT

PRE-

AM

PER

ROR

EE P

ROM

ER

ROR

FLO

WSE

BSO

RFA

ULT

CPU

FAU

LT

Ove

r ran

ge

outp

ut

sig

nal

Span

Sett

ing

Erro

r

Puls

eoutp

ut

erro

r

Puls

ese

ttin

ger

ror

Erro

r of

Vib

rati

on

Erro

r of

Vib

rati

on

Erro

r of

Flow

Erro

r of

Flow

Ove

r ran

ge

Tem

poutp

ut

sig

nal

Erro

r of

tem

pera

ture

Erro

r of

ther

mom

eter

Erro

r of

tem

pera

ture

conve

rter

PRE-

AM

Pis

faile

d

EEPR

OM

is n

ot

funct

ionin

gco

rrec

tly

Err

or o

fFl

ow

senso

r

CPU

is

faile

d

Outp

ut s

ignal

is

110%

or m

ore

Span

set

ting

p

aram

eter

is m

ore

than

1.5

tim

es o

f m

ax fl

ow

vel

oci

ty

Puls

e outp

ut

freq

uen

cy is

more

th

an 1

0kH

z

Puls

e outp

ut

freq

uen

cy s

etti

ng

is m

ore

than

10k

Hz

Tran

siti

onal

dis

turb

ance

Hig

h v

ibra

tion

Fluct

uat

ing

Clo

gg

ing

Tem

p o

utp

ut

sig

nal

is 1

10%

or

more

, and

0%

b

elow

.

Tem

p v

alue

is-5

0C b

elow

or

300C

ove

r.

Dis

connec

tion o

r sh

ort

of

ther

mom

eter

senso

r

Tem

per

ature

conve

rter

is fa

iled

Flow

sen

sor

Is fa

uit

.

All

op

erat

ions

are

Dea

d.

Dis

pla

y an

d s

elf

dig

nost

ic fu

nct

ion

is a

lso d

ead

.g

Fixe

d a

t 11

0%(*

1)

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hold

Base

d o

nK4

5

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ionat

Tem

p=-5

0Cor

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Ove

r11

0% o

r -2

.5%

bel

ow

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Ove

r11

0% o

r -2

.5%

bel

ow

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Fixe

d a

t 10

KHz

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Stop

Outp

ut

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t M

anual

sett

ing

cond

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t M

anual

sett

ing

cond

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hold

Base

d o

nK4

5

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Fixe

d a

t 0%

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Fixe

d a

t 10

kHz

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hold

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Stop

the

Outp

ut

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Hold

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

OFF

(H)

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Stop

the

tota

l

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t M

anual

sett

ing

cond

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t M

anual

sett

ing

cond

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Chan

ge

par

amet

ers

or o

ver r

ang

ed

flow

inp

ut

Chan

ge

par

amet

ers

span

fact

or

is o

uts

ide

the

acce

pta

ble

limit

s

Chan

ge

par

amet

ers

(Item

C,It

emE)

Chan

ge

par

amet

ers

(Item

C,It

emE)

CH

ECK

the

vib

rati

on

CH

ECK

the

vib

rati

on

CH

ECK

the

clog

gin

g

CH

ECK

the

clog

gin

g

CH

ECK

the

tem

per

ature

or t

emp

erat

ure

sp

an

CH

ECK

the

tem

per

ature

Chan

ge

ther

mom

eter

senso

r.

Chan

ge

conve

rter

case

build

in

tem

per

ature

senso

r.

Rep

lace

the

AM

P. u

nit

Rep

lace

the

AM

P. u

nit

Chan

ge

Flow

sen

sor

Rep

lace

the

AM

P. u

nit

Tota

lizin

gO

utp

utH

ow to

reco

ver

No

te.

No

rma

l Op

era

tion

:

Op

era

tion

co

ntin

ue

s w

itho

ut

rela

tion

to

err

or

occ

urr

en

ce.

R

em

ain

in O

pe

ratio

n :

Ca

lcu

latio

n c

on

tinu

es

with

re

latio

n t

o e

rro

r o

ccu

rre

nce

.

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Fixe

d a

t 11

0% in

ca

se o

f ove

r 110

%,

and

fixe

d a

t 0%

when

in

case

of l

ess

than

0%

.(*1)

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Base

d o

n

F58

Base

d o

n

F58

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

Se

ttin

gTe

mpe

ratu

reV

alue

Ove

r 110

%

or -

2.5%

bel

ow

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Ove

r11

0% o

r -2

.5%

bel

ow

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Fixe

d a

t 11

0% in

ca

se o

f ove

r 110

%,

and

fixe

d a

t 0%

when

in

case

of l

ess

than

0%

.(*1)

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Base

d o

n

F58

Base

d o

n

F58

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

Se

ttin

gTe

mpe

ratu

reV

alue

Fixe

d a

t 0%

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion a

t Te

mp=

-50C

or

Tem

p=30

0C

Base

d o

n

F58

Base

d o

n

F58

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

Se

ttin

gTe

mpe

ratu

reV

alue

Fixe

d a

t 0%

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

Sele

ctflow

rat

eSele

ctte

mp

era

ture

Sele

ctflow

rat

eSele

ctte

mp

era

ture

% O

utp

utPu

lse

/ Sta

tus

Out

put

Puls

e(*2

)St

atus

(*2)

Ala

rm(*

2)

Fixe

d a

t 11

0%(*

1)

Norm

al

Op

erat

ion

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hold

Base

d o

nK4

5

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ionat

Tem

p=-5

0Cor

Tem

p=30

0C

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Rem

ain in

op

erat

ion

at M

anual

se

ttin

gco

nd

itio

n

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Fixe

d a

t 0%

Norm

alO

per

atio

n

Hal

t

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

OFF

(H)

Hal

t

(*1

) “1

10%

” is

bas

ed o

n “D

30 :

OU

T L

IMIT

(H)”

.(*

2)

Pul

se o

utpu

t : T

hese

con

ditio

ns s

houl

d be

don

e in

cas

e of

whi

ch B

20 is

“S

CA

LED

PU

LSE

”, “

UN

SC

ALE

D P

ULS

E”,

“F

RE

QU

EN

CY

”.

Sta

tus

outp

ut :

The

se c

ondi

tions

sho

uld

be d

one

in c

ase

of w

hich

B20

is “

FLO

W S

W (

LOW

:ON

)”, “

FLO

W S

W (

LOW

: O

FF

)”.

A

larm

out

put :

The

se c

ondi

tions

sho

uld

be d

one

in c

ase

of w

hich

B20

is “

Ala

rm”.

5-18

5. PARAMETER SETUP


6-1

6. OPERATION


After you have installed the flowmeter into the processpiping, wired the input/output terminals, set up the requiredparameters, the vortex flowmeter should output an accurateflow signal from its terminals as soon as the measured liquidbegins to flow.

This section describes procedure of test method and adjust-ment method for the pre-operation.

6.1 Adjustment

6.1.1 Zero AdjustmentNo zero adjustment is necessary since the zero point does notshift.

Because of the effect of electrical noise and vibration noise,digitalYEWFLO may provide an output even when theflowrate is zero. In that case, properly eliminate the source ofthe noise.

Refer to “6.2 : Adjustment for manual mode”.

6.1.2 Span AdjustmentIn normal application, you need not confirm the span.

If you need to ensure the output of 4 to 20mA DC, refer to“6.1.3 Loop Test”.

6.1.3 Loop testTo ensure output of 4 to 20mA DC or pulse, their loop testscan be done using parameter “J10 (Analog out)” or “J20(Pulse test)”.

If you are verifying the analog output, follow the procedureon the verification procedure.

<Check Procedure>

1. Connect the instruments referring to Figure 6.1, and warmup for three minutes more.

2. Set span frequency in Parameter J10:OUT ANALOG.3. In case the load resistance is 250 ohm, digital multimeter

indicates 5V. Otherwise if it is known load resistancevalue, it indicates R x 0.02A.

4. Check output value after set 50% in Parameter J10.5. Check output value after set 0% in Parameter J10.

+

–

F060101.EPS

250Ω24V DC±10%

BT200

Figure 6.1 Connection of Maintenance Instruments

IMPORTANT

• When using any test-purpose measuringinstruments, do not ground them.

• All of your parameter settings will be cancelledif you turn digitalYEWFLO off less than 30seconds after the parameter setup. KeepdigitalYEWFLO turned on at least 30 secondsafter setting up the parameters.

6.1.4 Totalizer Function Start and Total-ized Value Reset

When using the Totalizer Function, the start setup should bedone.

(1) Start operation using BT200Enter to B40(TOTAL START), and move the video barto “EXECUTE”. Push “ENTER” key at 2 times.

(2) Start operation using indicatorEnter to “Setting mode”, move to B40 of parameternumber, and enter to “01” of data number.Refer to “4.4: Setting mode”.

Totalized value can be reset using the indicator or BT200.

(1) Reset operation using BT200Enter to B42 (TOTAL RESET), and move the video barto “EXECUTE”. Push “ENTER” key at 2 times.

(2) Reset operation using indicatorEnter to “Setting mode”, move to B42 of parameternumber, and enter to “01” of data Number.Refer to “4.4 : Setting mode”.

6. OPERATION

6-2

6. OPERATION


6.1.5 Unit of Pulse Output (Scaling)Pulse output are constructed by two units, that are “Scaledpulse and Unscaled Pulse”.

(1) Scaled PulseWhen SCALED PULSE is selected in B20, set flowrate perone pulse output. Rate unit is linking to the flow unit.

(2) Unscaled PulseWhen UNSCALED PULSE is selected in B20, it outputnumber of vortex (vortex frequency) as a pulse-number,which is detected from vortex shedder bar. (1.0 must be setfor this.)

Refer to 7.6 (1) Flow calculation.

l Pulse Rate settingPulse rate setting are settable by “B21:PULSE RATE”.

6.1.6 Power FailureWhen a power failure occurs, the totalized value will beprotected by EEPROM (Electrically Erasable ProgrammableROM). But during a power failure, the vortex flowmeterstops and also the totalizing will stop.

After a power is recovered, the vortex flowmeter and thetotalizing start to work automatically.

EEPROM doesn’t need a battery for backup.

6.2 Adjustment for Manual ModedigitalYEWFLO does not need the initial adjustment becausedigitalYEWFLO is always adjusted by itself automatically.

These adjustments should be done in case thatindicator reads over zero at zero flow.

6.2.1 Low Cut Adjustment Adjust to noise elimination or zero flow in the low flowrate(or low frequency) range. The settable range for low cut flowrate is below half ofminimum flowrate.

6.2.2 TuningThis adjustment should be done according to a flow figureshown below.

START

Is it zero flow?No

No

Stop flow to be zero

Yes

Yes

Set "TUNING AT ZERO"of "K25:N.B MODE"

Wait more than 30 secondsEnsure the complete of thetuning function.

Is indication reads zeroat zero flow?

Finishing the tuningfunctios

Retry the tuning and ensurethe pipeline conditions? Ensure TLA value

F060201.EPS

If this adjustment is executed, the following value ischanged.

K25:N.B MODE = MANUAL

K26:NOISE RATIO=Constant value

Minimum flowrate is increased when TLA value ischanged form initial value.

6-3

6. OPERATION


1. Tuning method(1) Ensure the condition of flowrateThe necessary condition for tuning function is zeroflow.

(2) Executing the tuning function.Set “ TUNING AT ZERO” of “K25:N.B MODE”. Wait more 30 second.

(3) Finishing the tuning functionsUsing the BT200 (a) Press “DATA” key of BT200 function key. (b) Ensure the indication of “MANUAL” which is “K25:N.B MODE”

(“NOW TUNING” is indicated during tuning operation.)Using the indicator (a) Press “SHIFT” and “SET” key simultaneously. (b) Press “SET” key and ensure “01” of Lower indication.

(“02” is indicated during tuning operation. Execute (a), (b) once again.)

2. TLA value TLA values is possible to change after executing “TUN-ING”. In this case, minimum flowrate is increased.

Minimum flowrate for TLA value is given by belowequation.

Minimum Flowrateafter changing TLAValue

Specified MinimumFlowrate

TLA Value after Tuning

TLA initial value or defalt valueF060202.EPS

Ensure minimum flowrate for changing TLA value.

3. Output After tuning, ensure that the indication reads is zero whereno fluid is flowing.

If the indication reads over zero is done continuously, retrythe tuning and ensure the below condition.

Does high vibrations occur in pipeline?

In this case, refer to “2:INSTALLATION”, and keep thepipeline properly.

6.3 Other Maintenance

6.3.1 Cleaning PrecautionsCare should be taken to prevent the build up of dirt, dust orother material on the display glass and data plate. In case ofits maintenance, soft and dry cloth is used.

6-4

6. OPERATION


7-1

7. MAINTENANCE


7. MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Disassemble work should be done only for error occurrence.• Maintenance work must be carried out by expert engineer or skilled personnel and not by operators.• Before opening the cover, it is important to ensure that at least 10 minutes have passed since the

power was turned off. Furthermore, opening of the cover must also be carried out by expert engineer orskilled personnel.

CAUTION

• It is prohibited by law for the user to modify flameproof instruments. It is not permitted to add or removeindicators. If modification is required, contact YOKOGAWA.

• Explosion protected type must be, as a rule, removed to a non-hazardous area for maintenance and bedisassembled and reassembled to the original state.

• For TIIS, ATEX and SAA explosion proof, the display cover is locked by the clamp. In case of openingthe display cover, use the hexagonal wrench attached.

• Be sure to lock the cover by the clamp using the hexagonal wrench attached after installing the cover.

7-2

7. MAINTENANCE


7.1 Changing the Terminal Box OrientationThe terminal box can be changed in four directions with respect to the flow direction.

Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter Remote Converter Type Vortex Flowmeter

<1> Remove the converter cover.<2> For amplifier unit removal, refer to paragraph 3.7.2.<3> Disconnect the vortex shedder assembly lead-wires from

the converter.<4> Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the

converter and bracket from the flowmeter body. The bracket applies to the 1 (25mm) to 4 (100mm) inch flowmeters.

<5> Remove the four allen bolts securing the converter to the bracket.

<6> Turn the converter to the desired orientation. When reassembling the converter, reverse the above procedure.

<1> Remove the terminal box cover.<2> Loosen two screws to disconnect leadwires from shedder

bar.<3> Remove the bracket mounting bolts and remove the

terminal box and bracket from the flowmeter body. The bracket applies to the 1 (25mm) to 4 (100mm) inch flowmeters.

<4> Remove the four allen bolts securing the terminal box to the bracket.

<5> Turn the terminal box to the desired orientation. When reassembling the terminal box, reverse the above procedure.

Amplifier UnitIndicator

Converter Cover

* *

BracketMountingBolt

Body

Bracket

Vortex ShedderAssembly

Converter MountingBolt

Wire*

Terminal Box Cover

Terminal Box

Bracket

Allen Bolt

Bracket Mounting Bolt

Wire*Vortex Shedder Assembly

Body

Wire Color Terminal

RedWhite

AB

Wire Color Terminal

RedWhite

AB

Locking Screw

Shielded Cover

Clamp Only for TIIS,ATEX, and SAAExplosion proof

Lock Screw

Clamp Only for TIIS,ATEX, and SAAExplosion proof

3mm3mm

F070101.EPS

7-3

7. MAINTENANCE


7.4 Amplifier Unit Assembling

IMPORTANT

The amplifier unit must be assembled keeping theprocedure as follows. Amplifier may not operatenormally when the procedure does not keep.

(1) Put two-mounting pins 1 into mounting hole 2 .(2) Push the head of two mounting screws 4 lightly.(3) Push head of two IC 5 and mount the amplifier unit 3 .(4) Tighten two mounting screws 4 .

F070401.EPS

Amplifier Unit

Mounting Screw

Mounting Holes

Mounting Pins

IC

1

2

3

4

5

Figure 7.2 Removing and Reinstalling the Amplifier Unit

7.2 Indicator Removal and Rotation(1) Turn the power OFF.(2) Remove the cover.

* In case of the Explosion protected type, remove thecover after unlock the clamp.

(3) For the indicator, disconnect the cable connector fromthe amplifier unit.

(4) Loosen the two indicator mounting screws using aPhillips screwdriver.

(5) Pull out the indicator.(6) Reinstall the indicator in the reverse order to its removal

(above) and secure the mounting screws.

F070201.EPS

Indicator

90°

Indicator Mounting Screws (2PCS)

Figure 7.1 Removing and Reinstalling the Indicator

7.3 Amplifier Unit Removal

IMPORTANT

Do not turn the amplifier unit for removal or assem-bling. The connector pins may be damaged.

(1) Turn the power OFF.(2) Remove the converter cover.

* In case of the Explosion protected type, remove thecover after unlock the clamp.

(3) Remove the indicator according to the proceduresdescribed in paragraph 7.2.

(4) Loosen the terminal screws and remove the amplifierunit.

7-4

7. MAINTENANCE


7.5 Vortex Shedder Removal

CAUTION

• Disassemble work should be done only for erroroccurrence.

• Only expert engineer or skilled personnel arepermitted to open the cover.

• When the vortex shedder is disassembled, andempty the flow tube before the gasket must bereplaced with a new one.

• Output error may cause when the shedder baris not restored correctly.

• For Explosion proof type, move vortex flowme-ter to non-hazardous area firstly, then do theassemble work.

(1) Remove the converter cover.(2) For Integral Type, loosen the terminal screws and

disconnect leadwires on the amplifier and loosen 4screws to disassemble the Amplifier. And for RemoteType, remove the terminal box cover in the same way.

(3) Loosen the bracket mounting bolts and remove theterminal box together with the bracket. Be careful not todamage the leadwires connected to the vortex shedderassembly when removing the terminal box.

(4) Loosen the vortex shedder assembly mounting bolts ornuts and remove the vortex shedder assembly.

(5) When reassembling the vortex shedder assembly, reverseabove procedure. Confirm the following.

a. The gasket should be changed to new one.b. The guide pin on the vortex shedder mounting block

meets the guide pin hole. See Figure 7.3. The guidepin applies to the 1 to 4 inch flowmeters.

c. The vortex shedder assembly is installed as illus-trated in Figure 7.3.

d. Tighten the sensor mounting bolts or nuts with atorque wrench, applying the torque specified below.

Table 7.1 Torque Value

15 (1/2) 1.6 (140)

25 (1) 1.2 (105) 1.75 (153) 1.2 (105)

40 (1-1/2) 1.2 (105) 1.75 (153) 1.2 (105)

50 (2) 2 (174) 5 (435) 2 (174)

80 (3) 3 (260) 10 (870) 4 (348)

100 (4) 4 (348) 10 (870) 5 (435)

150 (6) 5 (435) 7 (608) 5 (435)

200 (8) 7 (610) 10 (870) 7 (608)

250 (10) 16 (1390)

300 (12) 16 (1390)

T070501.EPS

Nominal Sizemm (inch) Standard

A

High Temperature (HPT)

B

UNIT: kg.m ( b.in)

In case of High Temperature Version (Option code: HT),First time tighten Nuts with a torque wrench, applying thetorque specified “A”.

Next time loosen Nuts completely, then again tighten Nutswith a torque wrench, applying the torque specified “B”.

e. Insert the leadwires (vortex shedder) through theterminal box bottom hole and lower the terminal boxslowly until the bracket touches the flowmetershoulder. Be sure to keep the leadwires verticalwhile lowering the terminal box.

f. After assembling, confirm that there is no leakagefrom the vortex flowmeter.

7-5

7. MAINTENANCE


Integral Type

Remote Type

F070501.EPS

Color Wire

Red

White

A

B

Vortex shedder Mounting Nut

Vortex shedder Mounting Block

Bracket

Converter Mounting Bolt

Leadwire

Vortex Shedder Assembly


Gasket

Amplifier Unit

LockingScrew

LockingScrew

Clamp

Shielded Cover

Converter Case

Indicator

Converter Cover


Terminal Box

Bracket


Allen Bolt

Terminal Box Cover

Flow direction

Flow direction

Flow Direction Arrow


Direction of Flow

LeadwireVortex Shedder Mounting Block

Guide Pin Hole

PinGuide Pin Hole



*

Clamp

Figure 7.3 Disassembling and Reassembling the Vortex Shedder Assembly

7-6

7. MAINTENANCE


7.6 Setting Switches

7.6.1 Setting of Burnout SwitchdigitalYEWFLO is equipped with a CPU error burnoutfunction used to set the output direction upon CPU error, anda sensor burnout function that sets the direction of the outputin the event of burnout of the temperature sensor. Whenfactory-shipment under normal conditions, the output of bothCPU error burnout and sensor burnout are set to HIGH, but ifsuffix code/C1 is specified, the CPU error burnout is set toLOW(-2.5% below) output, and sensor burnout is set toLOW(-2.5% below) output, respectively. The setting of thedirection of output from burnout can be changed.

To change the direction of output arising from burnout,switch the setting pin on the CPU assembly (see Table 7.2).

Table 7.2 Output Setting Pin for Burnout

Pinposition

CPU errorburnoutdirection

CPU errorburnoutoutput

Remark

110% or more(21.6mA DC)

-2.5% or less(3.6mA DC)

Set to HIGH before shipment.

Set to LOW for option specification code / C1.

T070601.EPS

HIGH

LOW

HL

HL

TP2COM

HHT

P

F070601.EPS

Pin position of Burnout Switch

Pin position of Write Protect Switch (See 7.6.2)

Figure 7.4 Pin position of Burnout and Write ProtectSwitch

7.6.2 Setting of Write Protect SwitchBy setting the write protect function to “Protect”, it ispossible to prevent the overwriting of parameters. Writeprotection can be carried out using either the hardware switchon the CPU board (i.e., Switch 2) or software parametersettings. If either of these items is set to “Protect”, theoverwriting of parameters will be prohibited.

NOTE

If the hardware switch is set to “Protect”, it willnot be possible to overwrite parameters; further-more, this condition will be maintained until theswitch is set to “Enable”.

For more details regarding usage of the write protect functionand the software’s parameter switches, refer to 4.6.11 WriteProtect.

Table 7.3 Setting pin for Write Protect

Pin position CPU errorburnout direction

T070602.EPS

Enable

Protect

NY

NY

7-7

7. MAINTENANCE


7.7 Software Configuration(1) Flow CalculationThe flowrate is calculated with the following equations basedon the N number of generated vortices:

(a) Flowrate (in engineering units)

RATE=N. 1t

. εf. εe

. εr . 1

KT . Uk . UTM

.... (7.1.1)KT=KM . UKT

. 1–4.81x(Tf–15)x10–5.... (Metric Units).... (7.1.2)KT=KM . 1–2.627x(Tf–59)x10–5 .... (English Units)

.... (7.1.3)(b) Flowrate (%)

RATE(%)=RATE . 1

FS

.... (7.2)

(c) Totalized value

TOTAL=TOTAL + nTOTAL

1TR

1UTM

TOTAL=RATE · t · · .... (7.3)

(d) Pulse output frequency

PULSE FREQ=RATE · 1

PR ·

1UTM

.... (7.4.1)

PULSE FREQ= N · 1t ·

1PR

.... (Unscaled pulses)

.... (7.4.2)(e) Velocity

V=N . 1t .

1KT

. UKT . 4

πD2.... (7.5)

(f) Reynolds number

Red=V . D . ρf . 1

µ x 1000 .... (Metric Units)

.... (7.6.1)

Red=V . D . ρf . 1

µ x 124 .... (English Units)

.... (7.6.2)where N: Number of input pulses (pulse)

∆t: Time corresponding to N (seconds)εf: Instrumental error correction factorεe: Expansion correction factor for compressive

fluidεr: Reynolds number correction factorKT: K-factor at operating conditions (pulses/

litre) (pulse/gal)KM: K-factor at temperature 15°C (59°F)UKT: Unit conversion factor for K-factorUk: Flow unit conversion factor (Refer to item

(2))Uk(user): Flow unit conversion factor for user’s unitUTM: Factor corresponding to flow unit time (ex./

m (minute) is 60.)

SE: Span factor (ex. E+ 3 is 103.)PE: Pulse rate (ex. E+ 3 is 103.)Tf: Temperature at operating conditions (°C)

(°F)FS: Flowrate spanTE: Total factorD: Internal diameter (m) (inch)µ : Viscosity (cP)ρf: Density at operating conditions (kg/m3) (lb/ft3)

(2) Flow Conversion Factor (Uk)Flow conversion factor Uk is obtained by carrying out thefollowing computation depending on the selection of the fluidto be measured and the flow unit.

(a) SteamM (Mass flowrate): Uk=ρf . Uρf . Uk (kg) .... (7.7.1)

Uk=ρf . Uk (lb) .... (7.7.2)Qf (Flowrate at operation): Uk=Uk (m

3) .... (7.7.3)Uk=Uk (acf) .... (7.7.4)

(b) GasQn: (Flowrate at STP):

Uk = Uk (Nm3)Pf

Pn

Pf + 273.15

Pn + 273.15

1

K· ·· .... (7.8)

Uk = Uk (scf)Pf

Pn

1

K

(Tn-32) + 273.15

(Tn-32) + 273.15

95

95

· ··

M: (Mass flowrate): Uk=ρf . Uρf . Uk (kg) .... (7.9.1)Uk=ρf . Uρf . Uk (lb) .... (7.9.2)

Qf: (Flowrate): Uk=Uk (m3) .... (7.10.1)

Uk=Uk (acf) .... (7.10.2)(c) Liquid

Qf: (Flowrate): Uk=Uk (m3) .... (7.11.1)

Uk=Uk (acf) .... (7.11.2)M (Mass flowrate): Uk=ρf . U (kg) .... (7.12.1)

Uk=7.481xρf . U (lb) .... (7.12.2)7.481 is a conversion factor of U.Sgal into acf

(d) User’s unitUk=Uk (user) .... (7.13)

whereM: Mass flowQn: Volumetric flow in a Normal conditionM: Mass flowQf: Volumetric flow in an operating conditionρf: Specific weight (kg/m3), (lb/acf)hf: Specific enthalpy (kcal/kg), (Btu/lb)Tf: Temperature in an operating condition (°C), (°F)Tn: Temperature in a Normal condition (°C), (°F)Pf: Pressure in an operating condition (kg/cm2 abs), (psia)Pn: Pressure in a Normal condition (kg/cm2 abs), (psia)K: Deviation factorρn: Density in a Normal condition (kg/Nm3), (lb/scf)ρf: Density in an operating condition (kg/m3), (lb/acf)Uρf: Unit conversion factors of density.

7-8

7. MAINTENANCE


Uk(kg), Uk(Nm3), Uk(m3)

Uk(lb), Uk(Btu), Uk(scf) , Uk(acf): Unit conversion factors

(3) Mass Flow calculationa) Steam

In case of saturated steam, mass flow rate is calculatedfrom density values to temperature measured by usingsaturated steam table.

In case of superheat steam, mass flow rate is calculatedfrom density values to temperature measured by usingsteam table. In order to measure superheat steam, it isnecessary to make constant pressure value. A pressurevalues which is entered in parameter is used.

M = ρft · Qf .......................................................................................................... (7.14.1)

b) GasIn case of gas, Volumetric flow rate at standardcondition is calculated, so Pressure-Temperaturecorrection is carried out. It is necessary to makeconstant pressure value. A Pressure values at opera-tional condition, temperature and pressure value atstandard condition which is entered in parameter is used.

Qn = Qf · –– · –––––––––– · –– ............................ (7.14.2)

c) LiquidIn case of liquid, mass flow late is calculated fromwhich used to calculate the secondary function for thedensity value to the temperature. A density value whichindicated by the order sheet is used.

M = ρn · Qf · 1 + a1(Tft – Tn) · 10-2 + a2(Tft – Tn)2 · 10-6

........................................................................ (7.14.3)

Where

M : Mass flowQn : Volumetric flow rate in a Standard conditionQf : Volumetric flow rate in a operating conditionρft : Density calculated by temperature valueρn : Density in a Standard condition (kg/m3), (lb/cf)Pf : Pressure in an operating condition (kPa abs), (psi)Pn : Pressure in a standard condition (kpa abs), (psi)Tn : Temperature in an operating condition (°C), (°F)Tf : Temperature in a standard condition (°C), (°F)Tft : Measured temperature value (°C), (°F)a1 : 1st temperature coefficienta2 : 2nd temperature coefficient

Pf Tn + 273.15 1Pn TfT + 273.15 K

8-1

8. TROUBLESHOOTING


8. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION

Please avoid replacing the amplifier unit from the case, and the vortex shedder bar. When these procedures areneeded, please contact the nearest Yokogawa office.

8.1 Flow

Large flowmeter errors and flowrate reading fluctuates.

Are the parametersconfigured correctly at operating conditions?

Is straight lengths of pipeline stable?

Configure the parameterscorrectly

No

Yes

Yes

Was a faulty area found with selfdiagnosis?

No

Ensure the straight lengths of pipeline referring to "2:INSTALLATION".

No

Does gaskets protrudes?

Yes

Replace the gaskets referring "2:INSTALLATION".

Yes

Refer to the error code list and check for recovery measures.

• If a built-in indicator is attached, check the display of the error code.

• Connect a hand-held terminal and check self-diagnostic.

Is there a snappingsound from the flowmeter ?

Check the cavitation referring to "9.5:Sizing".

Yes

Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded?

No

Ground YEWFLO.No

Does the value in "K34:VORTEX FREQ."

undergo a lot of changes?

Yes

This case is due to coating of stuff vortex shedder bar.Check the piping inner surfaces.

Normal

No

Check standards.

Yes

Yes

F080101.EPS

Note 1:

Note 2:

This is the temperature and pressure at digitalYEWFLOmounted place.Contact with our service in case this is not carried out intothe right statement.

No

l After the output showed correctly, the indicationgoes down to zero at certain time.

When this problem occurred, the cause is suspected ofdeterioration of sensor sensitivity and turbulent of fluid flowdue to coating on the shedder bar and flowmeter inner tube.

How to cope with this problem1) Referring item 7.5 “Vortex Shedder Removal”, take out

the Vortex Shedder bar and clean it.2) If there is the coating on inner tube of the flowmeter,

remove the flowmeter body from adjacent pipes andclean it.

8-2

8. TROUBLESHOOTING


No output is indicated when the fluid is flowing.

Is the output signal currentpresent?

Is "6.1.3:Loop test"OK?

Check the polarities.

NoYes

Are parameters configuredcorrectly at operating conditions?

Yes

Yes

Is "K34:VORTEX FREQ" 0Hz?

Yes

Are the power polarities correct?

No

Are there any disconnectedpower terminals?

Fasten the power terminal.

No

Yes

Is the cable broken?Replace the cable.

Yes

No

Replace the AMP unit.


No

Configure the parameters correctly.

No

Is the low cut configured correctly?

Configure the Low cut value correctly.

Is the TLA value configured correctly?

No

No

Configure the TLA value referring to"6.2.2:Tuning"

No

Is the density value configured correctly?

Configure the density value correctlyat operating conditions.

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Is output indicated when "K25:N.B MODE" is "MANUAL"and "K26:NOISE RATIO" is "0"

NoIs there broken the sensor?

No


Replace the shedder bar

Yes

Yes

This case is due to coating of vortex shedder bar.Check the shedder bar piping inner surfaces.

Yes

F080102.EPS

YesWas a faulty area found with selfdiagnosis?

NoRefer to the error code list and check for recovery measures.



8-3

8. TROUBLESHOOTING


Output is indicated at zero flow.

Is fluid flowing?

Are parameters configuredcorrectly at operating conditions?

Stop flow.

No

Yes

Configure the parameters correctly.No

Are the load resistanceand supply voltage withinthe tolerance limits?

Yes

Adjust to within the tolerance limits.

Yes

No

Yes

Is digitalYEWFLO properly grounded?

NoGround digitalYEWFLO.

No

Yes

Does low cut adjust? Adjust to low cut.

Does the tuning execute?No

Execute the tuning referring "6.2:Adjustment for manual mode"

Yes

Does high vibrations occurs in pipeline?

No

Eliminate vibration noise using pipesupport.

Yes

Are pulsation produced?Check the pipeline conditions referring "2:INSTALLATION"

F080103.EPS

YesWas a faulty area found with selfdiagnosis?

NoRefer to the error code list and check for recovery measures.



8-4

8. TROUBLESHOOTING


8.2 Flow (Only for /MV)

Start with this flow in case of /MV.

Are the power polarities

Correct?

Are the load resistance

and supply voltage within

the tolerance limits?

Check the polarities.No

Yes

No

Are the sensor

connected correctly?

Yes

Adjust to within the tolerance limits.

Yes

Yes

No

Are the parameters

confiured correctly at

operational conditions?Configure the parameters correctly.

No

Go to “8.1 Flow”

F080201.EPS

YesWas a faulty area

found with self-diagnostic?

No

Refer to the error code list and check

for recovery measures.

• If a built-in indicator is attached,

check the display of the error

code.

• Connect a hand-held terminal and

check self-diagnostic.

Check the sensor.

9-1




9.1 OutlineThis vortex flowmeter measures liquid, gas and steam flowrates and converts them to a 4 to 20mA DC output or pulse,alarm, status output signal.

Since the converter is mounted independently from theflowmeter, it permits remote flow measurements of hightemperature liquid, steam, etc.

Integral TypeThe Integral Type Vortex Flowmeter (DY-A) has theconverter with the flowmeter, and measures liquid, gas andsteam flow rates and converts them to a 4 to 20mA DCoutput or pulse, alarm, status output signal.

F090101.EPS

Flange Type(built-in indicator)

Wafer Type

Figure 9.1.1 External Views (Integral Type)

Remote TypeThe Remote Converter Type Vortex Flowmeter (DY-N) isused with the Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter. A specialcable (DYC) is used between these instruments.

F090102.EPS

Model DYA Vortex flow converter(built-in indicator)

Model DYC Cable

Model DY-NVortex flowmeter

Figure 9.1.2 External Views (Remote Type)

• Name of a portion of the flowmeter (Ex-ample of the Wafer Type)

F090103.EPS

3UA

Cover (long or short)

Converter

Detector

Converter CaseData Plate

Cover (Short)

ElectricalConnection

Bracket

Bolt Hole

Body(Process Connection)

For remote converter type,between Converter and Detector should be connected by remote cable of Model DYC.

Figure 9.1.3 Example of Name of portion

9-2



9.2 Standard SpecificationsRefer to GS 01F06F01-01E for Fieldbus communica-tion type, marked with “e”.

Performance SpecificationsFluid to be Measured :

Liquid, Gas, Steam (Avoid Multiphase Flowand Sticky Fluids)

Measuring Flow Rates :Refer to Table 9.5.2

Accuracy : ±0.75% of Reading (Liquid)±1% of Reading (Gas, Steam)Refer to P9-15For the Multi-Variable Type, refer to 9.4.2 term.

Repeatability : ± 0.2% of ReadingCalibration :

This flowmeter is factory-calibrated using awater flow.Temperature and flow calibration by waterflow when /MV is selected.

Normal Operating ConditionProcess Temperature Range :

–29 to 260 °C (general)–196 to 100 °C (Cryogenic Version:option)–29 to 450 °C (High Process TemperatureVersion:option)For the Multi-Variable Type, refer to 9.4.2 term.Refer to Figure 1 for integral converter type.

Process Pressure Limit :–0.1MPa (–1 kg/cm2) to flange rating.

Ambient Temperature Range :–29 to 85 °C (Remote type detector)–40 to 85 °C (Remote type converter)–29 to 85 °C (Integral type, refer to Figure

9.2.1)–29 to 80 °C (Integral type with Indicator, refer

to Figure 9.2.1)–30 to 80 °C (Remote type converter with

Indicator)Ambient Humidity : 5 to 100% RH (at 40 °C)

(No Condensation)Power Supply Voltage (e) :

without HART/BRAIN communication:10.5 to 42 V DC for standard type10.5 to 42 V DC for flame proof type /KF110.5 to 42 V DC for explosion proof type /FF110.5 to 30 V DC for intrinsically safe type /KS1, /FS110.5 to 30 V DC for non-incendive type /KN110.5 to 24 V DC for intrinsically safe FF type /KS2510.5 to 32 V DC for intrisincally safe FF type /FS15with HART/BRAIN communication:Minimum supply voltage is 16.4 V

(Refer to Figure 9.2.2 ; Relationship BetweenPower Supply Voltage and Load Resistance)

Mechanical SpecificationsMaterial (General Type):

Refer to Table 9.3.1Body:

- CF8M casting stainless steel (equiv. 1.4408)- 1.4552 casting stainless steel- WCB casting carbon steel ASTM-A216WCB- CW-12MW (equiv. Hastelloy C276)

Hastelloy is a registered trademark of HaynesInternational Inc.

Shedder bar:- 1.4301 stainless steel- 1.4517 duplex stainless steel- DSD1-H duplex stainless steel- DCS1 duplex stainless steelDCS1 and DSD1-H are registered trademarks ofDaido Tokusyu Steel Co.

Gasket: JIS SUS316 stainless steel withpolytetrafluoroethylene coating.

Converter housing and case, cover:Aluminum alloy

Coating Color:Converter case, cover : Deep sea moss green(Munsell 0.6GY 3.1/2.0) (Polyurethane corrosion-resistant coating)

Protection:IP67. NEMA 4X

Hazardous Area Classifications:Refer to 9.4 Option Specifications.

Electrical Connection:ANSI 1/2 NPT female,ISO M20 x 1.5 female

Signal Cable:Model DYC cable, used for remote detector andconverter.Max. length : 30 m.Outer Sheath Material: Heat resisting polyethyleneDurable Temperature : –40 to 150 °C

Weight:Refer to 9.6 External Dimension.

Mounting:Integral type and Remote type detector :

Flange mounting or wafer mounting byflange adjacent to the pipeline.

Remote type converter : 2 inch pipe mounting.

Electrical SpecificationsNote*: Pulse output, alarm output and status output use

the common terminal, therefore these functionsare not used simultaneously.

Output Signal (e) : Dual Output (Both Analog andTransistor contact output can be obtainedsimultaneously). In this case refer to “3:WIRING”.

Analog : 4 to 20 mA DC, 2-wire system.Transistor Contact Output* :

Open collector, 3-wire system.Pulse, alarm, status output are selected byparameter setting.Contact rating: 30 V DC, 120 mA DCLow level: 0 to 2 V DC. (refer to Figure 9.2.3)

Communication Requirement :Communication Signal :

BRAIN or HART communication signal(superimposed on a 4 to 20 mA DC signal)

Conditions of Communication Line :Load Resistance :250 to 600 Ω(including cable resistance).Refer to Figure 9.2.2Supply Voltage :16.4 to 42 V DC for digital communicationsBRAIN and HART protocols .(16.4 to 30 V DCfor intrinsically safe type).Refer to Figure 9.2.2

9-3



Space from other Power Line: 15cm ormore (Parallel wiring should be avoided.)

BRAIN:Communication Distance :Up to 2 km, when polyethylene insulatedPVC-sheathed cables (CEV cables) are used.Communication distance variesdepending on type of cable used.Load Capacitance: 0.22 µF or lessLoad Inductance: 3.3 mH or lessInput Impedance of Receiver Connected tothe Receiving Resistance:10 kΩ or more at 2.4 kHz.

HART:Communication Distance:Up to 1.5km(0.9 mile), when using multipletwisted pair cables. Communication distancevaries depending on type of cable used.Cable Length for Specific Applications:Use the following formula to determine cablelength for specific applications.

L= 65x106 – (Cf+10,000)(RxC) C

where:L=length in meters.R=resistance in ý (including barrier

resistance)C=cable capacitance in pF/m or pF/ft.Cf= maximum shunt capacitance of receiving

devices in pF/m or pF/ft.NOTE: HART is a registered trademark of the HART

Communication Foundation.Functions:

Damping Time Constant :0 to 99 Sec (63% response time)

Note: Delay time is 0.5 Sec.Analog output circuit time constant is 0.3 Sec.

Pulse Output Function*:Pulse output is selected from scaled pulse,unscaled pulse, frequency (number of pulsesoutput per second at 100% of output).Pulse frequency : Max 10 kHzDuty cycles : Approx.50% (1:2 to 2:1)

Self -diagnostics and Alarm Output *:In case alarm (over range output signal,EEPROM error, vibration noise, abnormalflow such as clogging, bubble) occurs, analarm signal is output and indicated.The alarm signal output goes from close(ON)to open(OFF) during alarming.

Status Output Function *:Flow Switch:In case flow rate decreases under the flow setvalue, a status signal is output.Status signal output mode can reverse (ON/OFF) .

Analog Output Function:Analog output is selected from flowratetemperature value when option code /MV isselected.

Data Security During Power Failure:Data (parameter, totalizer value, etc) storageby EEPROM. No back-up battery required.

Correction:Instrument Error Correction:Vortex flowmeter instrument errors can becorrected by segment approximations.Reynolds Number Correction:Output error at Reynolds number 20000 orless is corrected by using five-break-pointline-segment approximation.Gas Expansion Correction:When measuring a compressibility gas andsteam, this expansion factor is useful tocorrect the error at high velocity of flow (35m/s or more).

Down-scale or Up-scale burn out.In case a CPU or EEPROM failure occurs,flow meter output the signal of Up-scale (21.6mA or more).Up-scale or Down-scale (3.6 mA or less) isuser-selectable through the fail mode alarmjumper.

Indicator:Flow rate (% or engineering units) ortemperature value and totalizer can beindicated simultaneously.Short message for self diagnostics indicates.Local parameter setting can be operated bykey switches.In mounting direction, the right and left 90° isrotatable.

EMC Conformity Standards:EN61326AS/NZS CIS PR11

Note: For remote converter type, the signal cable shouldbe used with the metal conduit.

Pressure Equipment Directive:Notified Body Identification Number 0038Module H

T00.EPS

6300

8400

42

150

200

250

2100

100

1680

1050

4200

630

3360

10500

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

40

25

50

80

42

15DY015

III

12600

III

III300 42

II

DY300

Article 3,***

Paragraph 3

II

II

III

II

DY050

PS (MPa)*

DY025

MODEL DN (mm)* CATEGORY**PS * DN (MPa*mm)

DY250

DY100

DY040

DY200

DY150

Article 3,***

Paragraph 3

DY080

* PS: Maximum allowable pressure for Flow tube, DN: Nominal size** Refered to Table 6 coverd by ANNEX II of EC Directive 97/23/EC,

Pressure Equipment Directive PED*** DY015 and DY025 are not regulated by PED.

9-4



R= E - 10.50.0236

250

600

10.5 16.4 24.7 42

Power Supply Voltage E(V)

(Ω)

Communicationapplicable rangeBRAIN or HART

30

Load

Res

ista

nce

DYF Fig-02

Figure 9.2.2 Relationship Between Power Supplyand Load Resistance

HIGH level

LOW level 0 V0 to 2 V

DYF Fig-03

Figure 9.2.3 High and low level (Pulse output)

200100500-50-29

100

50

0

300Process Temperature (˚C)

With Indicator

Am

bien

t Tem

pera

ture

(˚C)

85

-50260

85

-29

80

80

DYF Fig-01

55

Figure 9.2.1 Ambient Temperature limit (Integral Type)

9-5



9.3 Model and Suffix Codes

/

ANSI Class 150 WaferANSI Class 300 Wafer ANSI Class 600 Wafer DIN PN16 Wafer DIN PN16 Wafer DIN PN25 Wafer DIN PN40 Wafer ANSI Class 150 Flange (RF)ANSI Class 300 Flange (RF)ANSI Class 600 Flange (RF)ANSI Class 900 Flange (RF)ANSI Class 150 Flange (RF, SF)ANSI Class 300 Flange (RF, SF)ANSI Class 600 Flange (RF, SF)ANSI Class 900 Flange (RF, SF)DIN PN10 Flange (RF)DIN PN16 Flange (RF)DIN PN25 Flange (RF)DIN PN40 Flange (RF)DIN PN64 Flange (RF)DIN PN100 Flange (RF)DIN PN160 Flange (RF)ANSI Class 600 Flange (RJ)ANSI Class 900 Flange (RJ)

Model Suffix Codes DescriptionDY015DY025DY040DY050DY080DY100DY150DY200DY250DY300

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Size 15 mm (½ inch)Size 25 mm (1 inch)Size 40 mm (1½ inch)Size 50 mm (2 inch)Size 80 mm (3 inch)Size 100 mm (4 inch)Size 150 mm (6 inch)Size 200 mm (8 inch)Size 250 mm (10 inch)Size 300 mm (12 inch)

OutputSignal/Commu-nication*1*12

4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse,BRAIN Communication4 to 20 mA DC, Pulse,HART CommunicationDigital communication(FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol)Remote type detector

Process Connection*3 *5

RF: Raised FaceSF:Smooth Finish *16RJ:Ring Joint

AA1 ….………..…AA2 ….………..…AA4 ….………..… AD1 ….………..…AD2 ….………..…AD3 ….………..…AD4 ….………..… BA1 ….………..…BA2 ….………..…BA4 ….………..…BA5 ….………..…BS1 ….………..…BS2 ….………..…BS4 ….………..…BS5 ….………..…BD1 ….………..…BD2 ….………..…BD3 ….………..…BD4 ….………..…BD5 ….………..…BD6 ….………..…BD7 ….………..…CA4 ….………..…CA5 ….………..…

ANSI ½ NPT Female *6 ISO M20 x1.5 Female

-2……….......…-4……….......…

ElectricalConnection *11

D ………...…N ……..........

DY Vortex Flowmeter (Integral Type, Remote type detector)

-D …………………………

-E …………………………

-F …………………………

-N …………………………

BodyMaterial*2*14

B ………………………C ………………………W ………………………X ………………………

Stainless steel (CF8M / equiv. 1..4408) *3Stainless steel (1. 4552) Carbon steel (WCB) *15Others

Shedder barMaterial *4

L …………………X …………………

Standard Others

Indicator *7

Options

With IndicatorNone Indicator, Remote type detector Refer to Option Specifications

DYF Tab-01

DYA Vortex Flowmeter Converter (Remote Type)

DYC Signal Cable

Model Suffix Code DescriptionDYA ……………………………… Vortex Flowmeter Converter

(Remote Type)

Indicator D ………………N ………………

Options

Output Signal/Communi-cation *1 *13

4 to 20 mA DC, PulseBRAIN Communication4 to 20 mA DC, PulseHART Communication

Digital communication(FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol)

ANSI 1/2 NPT Female *6 ISO M20 ×1.5 Female

Cable End Finish Parts *10Signal cable for temperature sensor type *13

-D…………………………

-E…………………………

-F…………………………

ElectricalConnection *11

2…………………… 4……………………

/C ……………………

/MV ……………………

/

Model Suffix Code DescriptionDYC ……………………………… Signal Cable

Cable End

Cable Length

Options

-0………………………………-1………………………………

Without End finish *8With End finish 5 m10 m15 m20 m25 m30 m m *9

-05…………………………-10…………………………-15…………………………-20…………………………-25…………………………-30…………………………-

With IndicatorNone IndicatorRefer to Option Specifications

DYF Tab-02

* 1 : Nominal size, Fluid (Liquid, Gas, Steam), Density, Viscosity, Pressure, Temperature, Flow range, Parameters are set at the factory before shipment.* 2 : Refer to Table 1. In case of /NC or /HY or /HT or /LT, select X (others). The body material (CF8M or 1.4552 or WCB) varies according to each sales area. Please contact YOKOGAWA sales person.* 3 : In case of B (CF8M), the process connection is available for ANSI (AA1 to 4, BA1 to 5, CA4 to 5) and DIN (AD1 to AD4, BD1 to 4 ).* 4 : Refer to Table 1. In case of /NC or /HY or /HT or /LT, select X (others). The shedder bar material (1.4517 (1.4301 for DN15), DCS1 (15mm is DSD1-H)) varies according to each sales area. Please contact YOKOGAWA sales

person.* 5 : Refer to Table 2.* 6 : In case of /FF1, the screw length is deeper than ANSI standard for 0.5 to 3.5 threads.* 7 : Indicator is not available for remote type detector.* 8 : One set of end finish part is attached.* 9 : Fill in two digit figure per 5 m unit (e.g. 35 m, 40 m etc.). The cable can be cut to required length within 30 m at customer side. In this case, select Cable

End Code [-0].*10 : An entered digit figure shows required set quantity. Only for Cable End Code [-0]*11 : In case of an explosion protect type, it depends for an electrical connection on the kind of an explosion protect type. Refer to “ OPTION SPECIFICATION

(HAZARDOUS AREA CLASSIFICATIONS)” *12 : For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol, refer to GS 01F06F01-01E. For Fieldbus communication type, there are no setting keys on the display board.*13 : Essentially, DYA- /MV and DY -N***/MV should be combined. *14 : Users must consider the characteristics of selected wetted parts material and the influence of process fluids. The use of inappropriate materials can result

in the leakage of corrosive process fluids and cause injury to personnel and/or damage to plant facilities. It is also possible that the instrument itself can be damaged and that fragments from the instrument can contaminate the user's process fluids.

Be very careful with highly corrosive process fluids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfide, sodium hypochlorite, and high-temperature steam (150 °C [302 °F] or above). Contact Yokogawa for detailed information of the wetted parts material.

*15 : Body material carbon steel (WCB): Due to wet calibration DY will always generate superficial rust in the flow path and on the surface during shipping to customer site. The superficial oxidation has no influence on the accuracy of the flowmeter. Unfortunately the oxidation can not be avoided with carbon steel body material.

*16 : Flange surface in standard roughness without grooves.

9-6



Table 1 Body, Shedder bar, Gasket Material

Option Item

(Note 1)

Material

General

(REFERENCE)

(Note 11)

Option Code

(Note 1)

CF8M / 1.4408

1.4552

WCB (Note 11)

(Note 7+8+9)

Body

(Note 2)

Shedder bar

(Note 3)

1.4517 (1.4301)

DCS1 (DSDH-1)

Anti-corrosion

Version II

CF8M / 1.4408

1.4552

WCB

(Note 7+9+14)

(Note 5)

High Process

Temperature

Version (Note 6)

Cryogenic

Version (Note 6)

(Note 5)

HY

HT

LT

1.4308

1.4552

equiv. SCS13

JIS SUS316

stainless

steel plated

with silver

(Note 4)

Gasket

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

Process Connection

Wafer

Type Model

Code

Flange Type Model Code

(Note 12)

(Note 5)

DYF Tab-03

Multi Variable MV DCS1 (Note 4)

1.4552

CF8M / 1.4408

WCB

(Note 7+8+9+14)

(Note 1) Refer to item "Option Specifications"(Note 2) In case of /NC or /HY or /HT or /LT in combination with body material ”B”, select body material code [-X]. The body material CF8M or 1.4552 or WCB varies according to each sales area. Please contact YOKOGAWA sales person.(Note 3) In case of /NC or /HY or /HT or /LT, select shedder bar material code [-X]. The shedder bar material (1.4517 (1.4301 for DN15) or DCS1 (15mm is DSD1-H)) varies according to each sales area. Please contact YOKOGAWA sales person.(Note 4) JIS SUS316 stainless steel with polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) coating(Note 5) DY025 (DY040-/R1) to DY200 (DY200-/R1): CW-12MW (equiv. Hastelloy C) DY015 (DY025-/R1): N10276 (equiv. Hastelloy C)(Note 6) Remote type only. DYA converter and DYC cable should be used in combination.(Note 7) Body material WCB only flange type 80 mm to 200 mm, but not for BA5, BD7, CA4, CA5(Note 8) Process connection BA5, BD7,CA4,CA5 and DY150-BA4 only with body material CF8M.(Note 9) Carbon steel (WCB) and CF8M / 1.4408 body material not available for wafer. (Note 10) Material Conformity in accordance with NACE-MR0175-2003, EN-ISO 15156-3 and NACE-MR0103-2005.(Note 11) Shedder material 1.4517 (1.4301 for DN15) available in combination with body material CF8M, 1.4552 or WCB. Shedder material DCS1 (DSDH-1 for DN15) available in combination with body material CF8M. DY250 and DY300 only available with body material CF8M.(Note12) Reduced bore types (Option /R1 and /R2) available only with body material CF8M.(Note13) Body material CW-12MW only available for DY015 to DY100 with AA1, AA2, AA4 and DY015 to DY200 with BA1, BA2. Please select body material code [-X].(Note14) In combination with option /HC, the body material is CW-12MW.

Compliance with

NACE

(Note 10)

NC

1.4552

CF8M

(Note 8+14)(Note 5) (Note 4)

CF8M / 1.4408

1.4552

WCB

(Note 7+8+9+14)

DY015

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY300

DY015

up to

DY100

DY025

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY100

DY025

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY200

DY025

up to

DY200

DY025-/R1

up to

DY200-/R1

DY025-/R1

up to

DY150-/R1

DY025-/R1

up to

DY150-/R1

DY040-/R1

up to

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2

up to

DY200-/R2

DY040-/R2

up to

DY200-/R2

DY040-/R2

up to

DY200-/R2

DY050-/R2

up to

DY200-/R2

DY025

up to

DY100

DY025-/R1

up to

DY200-/R1

DY025-/R1

up to

DY200-/R1

Anti-corrosion

Version III

(Note 10)

CW-12MW

(Note 13) (Note 5)HC (Note 4)

DY015

up to

DY100

DY015

up to

DY200

— —

— —

Table 2 Flowmeter Selection Guide

DYF Tab-04(Note)• ANSI standardized types are worked by serration finishing except the Smooth Finish type.• Refer to “OPTION REDUCED BORE TYPE (/R1, /R2)” (P.9-12), when you select reduced bore type (/R1, /R2).

DY015 up toDY100

DY015 up toDY100

DY015 up toDY100 DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to DY200

DY015 up to DY200 DY015 up to DY100

DY015 up to DY200

DY015 up to DY200

DY015 up to DY200

DY015 up to DY200

——

DY015 up toDY100

DY015 up toDY100

DY015 up toDY100

DY015 up toDY100

—

—

DY015 up toDY200

DY015 up toDY200

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

DY015up to DY300

DY025-/R1up to

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2up to

DY200-/R2

DY015up to DY300

DY025-/R1up to

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2up to

DY200-/R2

DY015up to DY300

DY025-/R1up to

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2up to

DY200-/R2

DY015up to DY300

DY025-/R1up to

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2up to

DY200-/R2

Wafer Flange (Raised Face) Flange (Ring Joint) Flange (Raised Face, Smooth Finish)Process

Connection SuffixCode

SuffixCodeModel Code Model Code Model CodeModel Code

ANSI Class 150

ANSI Class 300

ANSI Class 600

ANSI Class 900

DIN PN 10

DIN PN 16

DIN PN 25

DIN PN 40

AA1

AA2

AA4

AD1

AD2

AD3

AD4

BA5

BA1

BA2

BA4

BD1

BD2

BD3

BD4

Suffix Code

CA5

—

—

CA4

—

—

—

—

SuffixCode

BS5

BS1

BS2

BS4

—

—

—

—

DIN PN 64

DIN PN 100

DIN PN 160

—

—

—

—

—

—

BD5

BD6

BD7

DY050 up to DY150

DY015 up to DY150

DY015 up to DY100

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

9-7



9.4 Option Specifications

9.4.1 Option Specifications

DY***-D,E / DYACurrent signal for measurement is 4 mA up to 21.6 mA.Set output to 3.6 mA or less when burn-out occurred.

DY

DY

Converter installing direction 180° change inversely when shipped.

DY / DYACompliance with NAMUR43. Current signal for measurement is 4 mA up to 20.5 mA. Set output 3.6 mA or less when burn-out occurred.

DY***-D,E / DYAThere is an arrester inside converter for power supply line.Maximum power supply voltage: 30 V DC

DYTest pressure value is in accordance with Table 4. Test time: 10 min.Available for the general type. Test medium: Water.

DYWafer Type

SUS304 bolt/nut assembly.Used when a wafer type is installed.

Integrated and welded construction with concentric reduced bore piping.R1 : Detector size (B) is one meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange pipe size (A).

R2 : Detector size (B) is two meter body size down of digitalYEWFLO to flange pipe size (A).

DYTest pressure value is in accordance with Table 4. Test time: 10 min.Available for the general type. Test medium: Air, Nitrogen or Water.

DYAThe bracket material for remote converter type (DYA) is SUS304.

Anti-corrosion Version II. Refer to Table 1.DYCompliance with NACE. Refer to Table 1.

DY / DYAEpoxy coating for meter cover and case.

DYDegrease cleansing treatment.

DY / DYASUS304 tag plate, hung on converter case.

DY / DYA

DY

Built in Temperature sensor (Pt 1000 ) in vortex shedder bar.

DYF Tab-07-1

DY / DYADY / DYADY / DYA

L2L3L4

C1

CRC

HY

Level 2 Declaration and Calibration Equipment ListLevel 3 Declaration and Primary Standard ListLevel 4 Declaration and YOKOGAWA Measuring Instruments Control System

Calibration Certificate

DY***-N LT

DY***-N HT

Cryogenic Version

High Process Temperature Version

This specification temperature is from -196 to +100 °CRefer to Table 1In case of another size, please contact to YOKOGAWA sales person.

For Liquid and Steam (NOT for Gas)This specification temperature is from -29 to +450 °CRefer to Table 1Refer to Table 5 for minimum velocity.In case of another size, please contact to YOKOGAWA sales person.

Down-scale burn-out in CPU or EEPROM failure (Note 3)

Converter Installing Direction 180Change (Note 4)

NMCompliance with NAMUR (Note 6)

ALightning Protector

T02Hydrostatic Test Certificate(Note 14)

BLStainless Steel Bolt & Nut Assembly

T01Hydrostatic / Pneumatic Test Certificate(Note 14)

SBStainless Steel Bracket for Remote Converter (DYA)

Anti-corrosion Version II (Note 10)NCCompliance with NACE (Note 9)

X1Epoxy Coating

K1Degrease Treatment (Note 2)

SCTStainless Steel Tag Plate (Note 1)

MV

R1

R2

Multi-Variable Type (Note 5)

Reduced bore type (Note 8)See P.9-12

Item Specification Applicable Model Code

DYAnti-corrosion Version III. Refer to Table 1. HCAnti-corrosion Version III (Note 10)

DYFinish of flange facing Ra 3.2 ... 6.3.Refer to Figure 6.

ASFSmooth flange finish(Note 10) (Note 13)

DYFinish of DIN Flange Ra 6.3 ... 25. DFCRough DIN Flange(Note 10)

DYFinish of DIN Flange Ra 0.8 ...1.6. DFESmooth DIN Flange(Note 10)

DYA flow test at five user specified flow values is made with water after the standard calibration. The flow values are limited by minimum flow acc. table 8and max. flow velocity of 5.5 m/s.

SCUser specified calibration(Note 10)

Degrease Treatment ASTM(Note 10)

Degreasing Treatment of wetted surfaces acc. ASTM. DY DEG

Pilling up coating to keep off corrosion Epoxy and Polyurethane coating for the purpose of corrosion - proof improvement; salt damage, alkali, climate and acidity

X2DY/DYA

ESD compliance according Namur Internal protection covers for ESD enhancement(Note 12)

DY / DYA ESD(Note 10)

BA

Body MaterialB C W X

• ••••

••

•

••••••

••••

•••

••••••••••••

•••

•••••••

•••

•••••

••••

••••

••••

•••••••••

••••••••••••••

••••

9-8



Item Specification Code

(Note 1) When /SCT is not chosen, the specified Tag Number is engraved on the data plate. When /SCT is chosen, the specified Tag Number is engraved on the data plate and stainless tag plate. The limitation of characters for Tag Number is, for BRAIN communication or name plate, stainles steel tag plate: 16 characters, and for HART communication: 8 characters.(Note 2) There is a case that calibration water should stay in the meter tube. So this is not degrease treatment in the strict sense.(Note 3) The output is set to 3.6 mA or less (General type is set to 21.6 mA or more at shipping).(Note 4) When /CRC is chosen, the electrical connection is turned to a downstream side.(Note 5) Refer to “OPTION MULTI-VARIABLE (BUILD IN TEMPERATURE SENSOR) TYPE (/MV)” (p.9-11) In case of Remote type detector (DY***-N), select “/MV” both DY and DYA.(Note 6) /NM can not be combined with Remote type detector (DY***-N).(Note 8) • Cryogenic version (/LT) is not available. • High process temperature version (/HT) and Multi-variable type (/MV) for DY025/R1 and DY040/R2 are not available. • Flange type only and available process connections are ANSI150, 300 (BA1,BA2,BS1,BS2). • Flange piping size (A) means “DY***-” nominal size.(Note 9) Limitations for the usage of wetted part materials according to NACE-MR0175-2003(Note 10) Only available for DY015 to DY200; not available for flange type BS1 ... 5, CA4, CA5.(Note 11) Accumulation of options /E04, /WP, /PT(Note 12) Option /ESD is not possible / not necessary for units without display or with Foundation Fieldbus Communication.(Note 13) Only available for DY015 to DY100 with AA1, AA2, AA4 and DY015 to DY200 with BA1, BA2, BA4, BA5.(Note 14) In the Calibration Certificate is the confirmation (”OK”) included about the pressure test which was done with positive result.(Note 15) Certificates may be substituted by Material Certificates acc. EN 10204-3.1, depending on material supplier.

Applicable Model

DYF Tab-07-2

Each certificate to be attached produced by the vendors.

1. Meterbody

1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar

1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Bottom plug

1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Bottom plug, 4. Welding rod

3.1 certificate which is attached according to EN10204.Each certificate which is attached produced by the vendors.

1. Meterbody


1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Bottom plug

1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Bottom plug, 4. Welding rod

Positive Material Identification certificate to be attached for the main 3 chemical components of specified materials. Each certificate to be attached.

1. Meterbody


1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Plug

1. Meterbody, 2. Shedder bar, 3. Plug, 4. Plate

1. Welder/Welding Operator Performance Qualification (or Welder Qualification Record)

2. Welding Procedure Specification (WPS)

3. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR)

Each certificate to be attached.

The customer’s name and job name to be specified when ordered.

1. Welded portion for the bottom plug

2. Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding

construction

Material certificates: Mill sheets

(Note 15)

Material certificates: 3.1

PAMI test certificate

ASME weldingdocuments submission

Dye Penetrant test certificate

Item to be specified





M01

M02

M03

M04

E01

E02

E03

E04

PM1

PM2

WP

PT

DY

DY

DY

DY

DY

1. Welded portion for the bottom plug

2. Welded portion for the flange in case of the welding construction

Dye Penetrant test certificate for the welded portion to be attached. Each certificate to be attached.

Final product certificate FPCDY

- Final Product Certificates (FPC) acc. to EN 10204:2004- Certificate of marking transfer- material Certificates acc. DIN EN 10204:2004 – 3.1 for all materials of body, shedder bar, plug and plate and welding rod.- Test Report acc. to DIN EN 10204:2004 - 2.2- WQC, WPS, PQR for plug welding.- Inspection Report to Dye-Penetration-Test acc. to EN 571 for plug welding.

(Note 10)(Note 11)

Body MaterialB C W X

PM3

PM4

••••

••••••••

••••

••••••••••••••••

••••••••••••••

••••

••••

•••

9-9



9.4.2 OPTION SPECIFICATIONS (For Explosion Protected Type)

KS25

KN1

DYF Tab-05-02.EPS

Code

(Note 1) For intrinsically safe approval, use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories (BARD-400 is not applicable).(Note 2) "n" type = non incendive device(Note 3) Please refer also to GS 01F06F01-01E for Foundation Fieldbus Communication Type

KF1

KS1

SpecificationItem

ATEX (KEMA) Intrinsically safe Approval (Note 1)

Type of protection : EEx ia IIC T4...T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EEx ia IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter) Groups : II Category : 1G Maximum Working Pressure : 42 MPa Tamb.(Integral Type Flowmeter) : –29 to +60 °C Tamb.(Remote Type Flowmeter) : –29 to +80 °C Tamb.(Remote Type Converter) : –40 to +60 °C Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100%RH (No condensation) Process temp. : T4;135 °C; T3;200 °C; T2;300 °C; T1; 450 °C (Use /HT version above 260 °C) For connection to certified Intrinsically Safe circuit with Signal/Supply and Pulse circuit of Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter Ui=30 Vdc, Ii=165 mAdc, Pi=0.9 W, Ci=6n F, Li=0.15 mH Connect sensor circuit of DYA and DY-N(/HT) Maximum cable capacitance:160 nF Electrical connection : ANSI 1/2NPT female, ISO M20 x 1.5 female.

ATEX (KEMA) Flame proof Approval

Type of protection : EExd IIC T6...T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EExd IIC T6 (Remote Type Converter) Groups : Group II Category : Category 2G Temperature Class : T6...T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) T6 (Remote Type Converter) Process temp.: T6; 85 °C, T5;100 °C; T4;135 C; T3;200 °C;T2;300 °C; T1;450 °C (Use /HT version above 260 °C) Degree of Protection of Enclosure : IP67 Tamb.(Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) : –29 to +60 °C Tamb.(Remote Type Converter) : –30 to +60 °C Tamb.(Integral Type Flowmeter with indicator) : –29 to +60 °C Tamb.(Remote Type Converter with indicator) : –30 to +60 °C Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100 % RH Maximum working Pressure : 42 MPa Coating of Enclosure : Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating. Electrical Connection : ANSI 1/2 NPT female, ISO M20 ´ 1.5 female.

ATEX (KEMA)

ATEX Type "n" protection

ATEX Type "n" approval (Note 2)Type of protection : EEx nL IIC T4... T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EEx nL IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter) Group : II Category : 3G Maximum Working Pressure : 42MPa Tamb. : –29 to +60 °C (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter) Tamb. : –29 to +80 °C (Remote Type Flowmeter) Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100 %RH (No condensation) Process temp.: T4;135 °C; T3;200 °C; T2(*);300 °C; T1(*); 450 °C (*: Use /HT version above 260 °C) Degree of protection of enclosure : IP67 Maximum cable capacitance: 160 nF Electrical connection : ANSI 1/2NPT, ISO M20 x 1.5 female.

CENELEC ATEX(KEMA) Intrinsically Safe Approval (Note 3) Type of Protection: EEx ia IIC T4...T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EEx ia IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter) Groups: II Category: 1G Maximum Working Pressure: 42MPa Tamb. (Integral Type Flowmeter): –29 to +60 °C Tamb. (Remote Type Flowmeter): –29 to +80 °C Tamb. (Remote Type Converter): –40 to +60 °C Ambient Humidity: 0 to 100 %RH (No condensation) Process Temp.: T4; 135 °C, T3; 200 °C, T2; 300 °C, T1;450 °C (Use /HT version above 260 °C) For connection to certified Intrinsically Safe circuit with Supply circuit of Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Converter: Ratings 1 (Entity): Ui=24 V, Ii=250 mA, Pi=1.2 W, Ci=1.76 nF, Li=0 Ratings 2 (FISCO): Ui=17.5 V, Ii=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.76 nF, Li=0 Connect sensor circuit of DYA and DY-N (/HT) Electrical Connection: ANSI 1/2NPT female, ISO M20 × 1.5 female

9-10



OPTION SPECIFICATIONS (For Explosion Protected Type) continued

DYF Tab-05-01.EPS

Code

(Note 1) For intrinsically safe approval, use the barrier certified by the testing laboratories (BARD-400 is not applicable).(Note 2) Please refer also to GS 01F06F01-01E for Foundation Fieldbus Communication Type

FF1

FS1

SpecificationItem

FM Intrinsically safe Approval (Note 1) Type of Protection : Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, DIV.1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G, T4, and Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Nonincendive for Class I, II, Div.2, Groups A, B, C, D, F and G, Class III, DIV.1, T4, and Class I, Zone 2, Groups IIC, T4 Ambient Temperature : –29 to +60 °C (Integral Type Flowmeter) –29 to +80 °C (Remote Type Flowmeter) –40 to +60 °C (Remote Type Converter) Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100 % RH (No condensation) Indoors and Outdoors : NEMA TYPE 4X Electrical Parameter : Vmax=30 Vdc, Imax=165 mAdc, Pi=0.9 W, Ci=12 nF, Li=0.15 mH Electrical Connection : ANSI 1/2NPT female

FM Explosion proof Approval

Type of Protection : Explosion proof for Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C and D; Dust-ignitionproof Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G. "SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES." "WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV.2, SEALS NOT REQUIRED." Enclosure Rating : NEMA TYPE 4X Temperature Code : T6 Ambient Temperature : –29 to 60 °C (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) –40 to 60 °C (Remote Type Converter) Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100 % RH Maximum Working Pressure : 16 MPa (DY015 to DY200) 5 MPa (DY250 and DY300) Coating of Enclosure : Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coating. Electrical Connection : ANSI 1/2NPT female

Factory Mutual (FM)

FM Intrinsically Safe Approval (Note 2) Type of Protection : Intrinsically Safe for Class I, II, III, DIV.1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G, T4, and Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Nonincendive for Class I, II, Div.2, Groups A, B, C, D, F and G, Class III, DIV.1, T4 Ambient Temperature : –29 to +60 °C (Integral Type Flowmeter) –29 to +80 °C (Remote Type Flowmeter) –40 to +60 °C (Remote Type Converter) Ambient Humidity : 0 to 100 % RH (No condensation) Indoors and Outdoors : NEMA TYPE 4X Electrical Parameters : Intrinsically Safe [Entity] Vmax=24 V, Imax=250 mA, Pi=1.2 W, Ci=1.7 6nF, Li=0 [FISCO] Vmax=17.5 V, Imax=380 mA, Pi=5.32 W, Ci=1.76 nF, Li=0 Nonincendive Vmax=32 V, Ci=1.76 nF, Li=0 Electrical Connection : ANSI 1/2NPT female

FS15

9-11



9.4.3 OPTION MULTI-VARIABLE (BUILD IN TEMPERATURE SENSOR) TYPE (/MV) (Note 1)This options is the same as standard specification except the following items.

T-09

Size

Temperature Function

Fluid

Temperature Range

Accuracy

(Note 2)

Temperature Response

(50 % response)

Mass Flow Calculation

Method

Output

Display

Remote Type

Mass

Flow

Temperature

Current Output

Pulse Output

Alarm Output

Status Output

Upper Line

Lower Line

Standard Type

15 mm to 100 mm

15 mm to 200 mm

Liquid, Gas

Saturated Steam

Superheated Steam

–29 to 260 °C

Only for Flow Rate

Only for Flow Rate

Only for Standard

Flow Switch

Only for Flow Rate

Only for Total Rate

Liquid, GasSaturated SteamSuperheated Steam

Display indication

and output

Temperature, Mass Flow, Volumetric Flow, Normalized Volumetric Flow

Multi-variable Type

Saturated Steam Superheated Steam Gas Liquid

–29 to 260 °C 100 to 260 °C 100 to 260 °C –29 to 260 °C –29 to 260 °C

Temperature, Mass Flow, Volumetric Flow, Normalized Volumetric Flow (Note 7)

Mass Units , Volumertric Units, Normalized Volumetric Units

Standard Alarm1Error of Thermometer etc.

Only for Flow Switch

Select from Flow Rate (%,Engineering Unit) or Temperature (%) (Note 8)

Select from Total Rate or Temperature ( C, F) (Note 9)

Flow Converter : Select DYA-xxx /MV

Signal Cable : Select DYC-xxx /MV (Note 10)

60 s

(Churning Underwater)

Wafer Type

Flange Type

25 mm to 100 mm

25 mm to 200 mm

±0.5 %

OF RATE

±1 %

OF RATE

±1 %

(Less than 100°C)

±1 % OF RATE

(100 °C or more)

±0.5 °C

(Less than 100 °C)

±0.5 % OF RATE

(100 °C or more)

Density Calculation

(Note 3)

Density Calculation

(Constant pressure is

assumed)

(Note 4)

Temp.-Pressure

Correction

(Constant pressure is

assumed)

(Note 5)

Density change

Calculation

(Note 6)

Refer to Table 3

(Note 1) When /MV is selected /HT, /LT is not available.(Note 2) For detailed accuracy, see “SIZING”. Measurement temperature is changed by the heat-insulation method of piping

and piping method. Refer to “REMARKS ON INSTALLATION” about heat-insulation.In case of the Mass Flowmeasurement of saturated steam and superheated steam, it is necessary to make a heat-insulation.

(Note 3) Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values by temperature measurment using saturated steam table.(Note 4) Mass Flow rate is calculated from density values to temperature measured by using steam table. In order to measure

superheated steam, it is necessary to make constant pressure value.A pressure value which is indicated by ordersheet is used.

(Note 5) In order to measure gas, Pressure-Temperature correction is carried out. It is necessary to make constant pressure value.In addition to pressure values at operational condition, temperature and pressure value at standard condition is used,which is indicated by order sheet.

(Note 6) In order to measure mass flow rate of liquid applications, the density at normal condition is used, and if fluidtemperature deviates from normal temperature, density value is calculated by 2 dimensional equation. In this case,temperature coefficient should be prepared by user’s side.

(Note 7) Default setting is Flow rate. It is necessary to change the parameter of output in case of setting temperature output.(Note 8) In case of indicating the temperature %, the display indicate not only “%” but also “t” . ( “t” is the means of

temperature)(Note 9) Default setting is “temperature” but “Total “ is setup when ordering the Total Rate.(Note 10) In case of Multi variable (/MV), it is necessary to setup the parameter of Cable Length.

9-12



9.4.4 OPTION REDUCED BORE TYPE (/R1, /R2) (Note 1)This option is the same as standard specification except the following items.

BA

(Note 1) For detailed accuracy, see “SIZING”. Not available for /LT. Not available for /SF1, /SS1(Note 2) Flange type only: ANSI150,300 (BA1,BA2,BS1,BS2) MS Code [*] of “DY***-” means flange piping size. (Note 3) High process temperature version (/HT) and Multi-variable type (/MV) for DY025/R1 and DY040/R2 are not available.

T10-1.EPS

Model Code (Note 2)

Measurable minimumflow velocity

Range of measurableflow velocity

Reduced bore type (Option Code: /R1, /R2)

Flange piping size(A)

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

R1 Detector size(inner dia.) (B)

Refer to Table 5.

Refer to Table 6.

15 (14.6) (mm) (Note 3)

25 (25.7) (mm)

40 (39.7) (mm)

50 (51.1) (mm)

80 (71) (mm)

100 (93.8) (mm)

150 (138.8) (mm)

R2 Detector size(inner dia.) (B)

15 (14.6) (mm) (Note 3)

25 (25.7) (mm)

40 (39.7) (mm)

50 (51.1) (mm)

80 (71) (mm)

100 (93.8) (mm)

Liquid, Gas, Steam

Liquid, Gas, Steam

[Pressure Loss]R1: about 15% increases to standard type.R2: about 28% increases to standard type.see P.16

9-13



Table 3 N/A

Table 4 Test Pressure Value

DYF Tab-09

PN 10 1.5 MPa 15 bar


PN 25 3.75 MPa 37.5 bar

PN 40 6 MPa 60 bar


PN 100 15 MPa 150 bar

PN 160 24 MPa 240 bar

ANSI Class 150

ANSI Class 300

ANSI Class 600

ANSI Class 900

PressureFlange Rating

2.9 MPa 29 bar

7.5 MPa 75 bar

14.9 MPa 149 bar

22.3 MPa 223 bar

-29 +100 +200 +300 +450

+85

+60

-29

Fluid temperature (˚C)

Am

bie

nt

tem

per

atu

re (˚

C)

Operating range

DYF Fig-04

Figure 4 Fluid temperature range of high process temperature version

Figure 6 Finish of ANSI Flange Faces

–196 –100 –29 0

0

–50

–20

Fluid temperature (˚C)

Am

bie

nt t

emp

erat

ure

(˚C

)

Operating range

+100

DYF Fig-05

–29

Figure 5 Fluid temperature range of cryogenic version

c

ab

1

rc [mm]b [Ra]a [mm/U]r [mm]

Standard Opt. /ASF

Flange facing

1,80,5

3,2 ... 6,30,017

0,80,35 ... 0,45

3,2 ... 6,30,025

9-14



9.5 SizingThe following items are the basic specifications.In case of the definite sizing, it is necessary to check bythe sizing software.

Measurable minimum flow velocityTable 5 Relationship between Minimum Velocity and

Density (In case of “Gas, Steam”, Use theLarge of the Two Values)

Liquid GAS, Steam

r : Density at operating conditions (kg/m3) Liquid density is 400 up to 2000 kg/m3

HighProcess

TemperatureVersion

(unit: m/s)

––

490/ρ

302.5/ρ

160/ρ

160/ρ

160/ρ

160/ρ

202.5/ρ

––

––

ModelCode

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY025-/R1

DY040-/R1

DY050-/R1

DY080-/R1

DY100-/R1

DY150-/R1

DY200-/R1

––

––

––

HighProcess

Temperatureversion

(unit: m/s)

––

125/ρ or 2

90.3/ρ or 2

61.3/ρ or 2

61.3/ρ or 2

61.3/ρ or 2

61.3/ρ or 3

80/ρ or 3

––

––

General Type,

Cryogenic Type

(unit: m/s)

250 /ρ

122.5/ρ

90/ρ

90/ρ

90/ρ

90/ρ

90/ρ

122.5/ρ

160/ρ

160/ρ

GeneralType,

CryogenicType

(unit: m/s)

80/ρ or 3

45/ρ or 2

31.3/ρ or 2

31.3/ρ or 2

31.3/ρ or 2

31.3/ρ or 2

31.3/ρ or 3

45/ρ or 3

61.3/ρ or 3

61.3/ρ or 3DYF Tab-10

Guaranteed accuracy at minimum flow velocityTable 6 Range of Measurable flow velocity

When the flow velocity is lower than minimum, both the analog output and the pulse output is displayed as zero “0”.(Note) A span setting is available up to 1.5 times of the maximum flow velocity.

Fluid

Liquid

Gas,Steam

Model Code

DY015 up to

DY300

DY015 up to

DY300

DY025-/R1

up to DY200-/

R1

DY025-/R1

up to DY200-/

R1

DY040-/R2

up to DY200-/

R2

DY040-/R2

up to DY200-/

R2

Maximumflow

velocity(Note)

10 m/s

80 m/s

Minimum flow velocity

“flow velocity obtained from Table 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 5000”, whichever is greater.For liquid Reynolds number of 5000: See P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.“flow velocity obtained from Table 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 5000”, whichever is greater.For Gas and steam Reynolds number of 5000: See P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.

DYF Tab-11

Table 7 Range of Guaranteed Accuracy Flow Velocity

“flow velocity obtained from Table 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000”, whichever is greater.For liquid Reynolds number of 20000: The value is four times velocity value in P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.“flow velocity obtained from Table 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 40000”, whichever is greater.For liquid Reynolds number of 40000: The value is eight times velocity value in P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.“flow velocity obtained fromTable 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 20000”, whichever is greater.For gas and steam Reynolds number of 20000: See P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.“flow velocity obtained fromTable 5” or “flow velocity at Reynolds number of 40000”, whichever is greater.For gas and steam Reynolds number of 40000 See P. 9-16 “Calculation formula”.

DYFTab-12

Fluid Model Code Minimum flow velocityMaximum

flowvelocity(Note)

10 m/s

80 m/s

Liquid

Gas,Steam

DY015up to

DY100

DY150up to

DY300

DY015up to

DY100

DY150up to

DY300

DY025-/R1

up toDY150-

/R1

DY200-/R1

DY025-/R1

up toDY150-

/R1

DY200-/R1

DY040-/R2

up toDY200-

/R2

—

DY040-/R2

up toDY200-

/R2

—

9-15



Detailed Accuracy (for Table 9.5.3 Range of Guaranteed Accurancy Flow Velocity.)Volumetric flow rate at operation condition

D : Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO detector (mm)Re: Reynolds number (non unit)Note: This table shows the accuracy of pulse output. In case of analog output, add up ±0.1 % of full scale to the values mentioned above.

Liquid

Gas,Steam

ModelCode

DY015DY025DY040DY050DY080DY100DY150DY200DY250DY300DY015DY025DY040DY050DY080DY100DY150DY200DY250DY300

General Type Multi-Variable Type (/MV) Reduced Bore Type (/R1)

1.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re)

±1.0 % of Reading

(20000 ≤ Re < D × 103)

±0.75 ≤ of Reading(D × 103 ≤ Re )

±1.0 % of Reading

(20000 ≤ Re < D × 103)

±0.75 ≤ of Reading(D × 103 ≤ Re )

±1.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re)

±1.0 % of Reading(40000 ≤ Re)

±1.0% of Reading(40000 ≤ Re) ±1.0 % of Reading (40000 ≤ Re)

Reduced Bore Type (/R2)

±1.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re)

DYF Tab-13

±1.0 % of Reading(Velocity 35 m/s or less)

±1.5 % of Reading (Velocity 35 m/s up to 80 m/s)







Mass flow or Volumetric flow rate at Normal/Standard condition:for Multi-Variable Type and combination of Multi-Variable Type and Reduced Bore Type

D : Inner diameter of digitalYEWFLO detector (mm)Re: Reynolds number (non unit)

Note: This table shows the accuracy of pulse output. In case of analog output, add up ±0.1% of full scale to the values mentioned above.

Liquid

Gas,Steam

ModelCode

DY025DY040DY050DY080DY100DY150DY200DY025DY040DY050DY080DY100DY150DY200

Multi-VariableType (/MV) Multi-VariableType (/MV) /Reduced Bore Type (/R1)

±2.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re < D × 103)

±1.5 % of Reading (D × 103 ≤ Re )

±2.0 % of Reading (40000 ≤ Re)

±2.0 % of Reading (Velocity 35 m/s or less)

± 2.5 % of Reading (Velocity 35 m/s up to 80 m/s)

Multi-VariableType (/MV) /Reduced Bore Type (/R2)

DYF Tab-13-b

±2.0 % of Reading (40000 ≤ Re)

±2.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re)

±2.0 % of Reading (20000 ≤ Re)





9-16



Calculation formulaHow to calculate volume flow rate at operating

conditions. υ x D2

• Qf = 3600 x υ x S or Qf = 354

How to calculate the velocity of a Reynolds number. • υ = 5 x ν / D (Reynolds number of 5000) • υ = 20 x ν / D (Reynolds number of 20000) • υ = 40 x ν / D (Reynolds number of 40000)

however 354 x 10

3 x Qf • Re = ········· (1) ν x D

µ • ν = __ x 10 3 ················· (2) ρf

Qf : Volume flow rate at operating conditions (m3/h)D : Inner diameter of YEWFLO (mm)S : Cross section of YEWFLO (m2)υ : Flow velocity (m/s)

Re : Reynolds number (none unit)ρf : Density at operating conditions (kg/m3)µ : Viscosity at operating conditions (mPa·scP)ν : Kinematic viscosity at operating conditions (10-6m2/scSt)

Typical fluid exampleTable 8 Range of Measurable Water Flow Rate(At standard condition of 15°C, ρ = 1000 kg/m3)

DYF Tab-14-b

Model CodeRange of Guaranteed

Accuracy FlowRate in m3/h

Measurable Flow Ratein m3/h

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY025-/R1

DY040-/R1

DY050-/R1

DY080-/R1

DY100-/R1

DY150-/R1

DY200-/R1

—

—

—

DY040-/R2

DY050-/R2

DY080-/R2

DY100-/R2

DY150-/R2

DY200-/R2

—

—

—

—

0.30 up to 6

0.65 up to 18

1.3 up to 44

2.2 up to 73

4.3 up to 142

7.5 up to 248

17 up to 544

34 up to 973

60 up to 1506

86 up to 2156

0.94 up to 6

1.7 up to 18

2.6 up to 44

3.3 up to 73

4.6 up to 142

7.5 up to 248

18 up to 544

34 up to 973

60 up to 1506

86 up to 2156

9-17



Table 9 Range of Measurable Air Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY025-/R1

DY040-/R1

DY050-/R1

DY080-/R1

DY100-/R1

DY150-/R1

DY200-/R1

—

—

—

DY040-/R2

DY050-/R2

DY080-/R2

DY100-/R2

DY150-/R2

DY200-/R2

—

—

—

—

Model CodeFlowRateLimits

Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate in Nm3/h

0 MPa

4.8(11.1)

48.2

11.0(19.5)

149

21.8(30.0)

356

36.2(38.7)

591

70.1

1140

122

1990

268

4358

575

7792

1037

12049

1485

17256

0.1 MPa

6.7(11.1)

95.8

15.5(19.5)

297

30.8

708

51

1174

98.4

2266

172

3954

377

8659

809

15482

1461

23939

2093

34286

0.2 MPa

8.2(11.1)

143

19.0(19.5)

444

37.8

1060

62.4

1757

120

3391

211

5919

485

12960

990

23172

1788

35833

2561

51317

0.4 MPa

10.5(11.1)

239

24.5

739

48.7

1764

80.5

2922

155

5642

272

9847

808

21559

1445

38549

2306

59611

3303

85370

0.6 MPa

12.5

334

29.0

1034

61.6

2468

102

4088

197

7892

334

13775

1131

30163

2202

53933

3127

83400

4479

119441

0.8 MPa

16.1

429

33.3

1329

79.2

3171

131

5254

254

10143

442

17703

1453

38765

2599

69313

4019

107181

5756

153499

1 MPa

19.7

524

40.6

1624

97

3875

161

6420

310

12394

540

21632

1776

47365

3175

84693

4911

130968

7033

187556

1.5 MPa

28.6

762

59.0

2361

149

5634

233

9335

451

18021

786

31453

2583

68867

4617

123138

7140

190418

10226

272699

2 MPa

37.5

1000

77.5

3098

184

7394

306

12249

591

23648

1031

41274

3389

90373

6059

161591

9370

249881

13419

357856

2.5 MPa

46.4

1238

95.9

3836

229

9153

379

15164

732

29274

1277

51095

4196

111875

7501

200046

11600

309334

16612

443017

(1) At standard conditions STP (0 °C, 1 atm = 1.013 bar abs).(2) Pressure listed is at process temperature of 0 °C.(3) Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80 m/s.(4) Minimum values are determined from Table 6. The values in parenthesis show the minimum linear flow rates (Re = 20,000 or 40,000) when they are higher than the minimum measurable flow rate.

DYF Tab-15

Table 10 Range of Measurable Saturated Steam Flow Rate at Selected Process Pressures

Minimum and Maximum Measurable Flow Rate in kg/h

0.1 MPa

5.8(10.7)

55.8

13.4(18.9)

169.7

26.5(29.2)

405

44.0

671

84.9

1295

148

2261

324

4950

697

8851

1256

13687

1799

19602

0.2 MPa

7.0(11.1)

80

16.2(20.0)

247.7

32

591

53

979

103

1891

179

3300

392

7226

841

12918

1518

19977

2174

28609

0.4 MPa

8.8(11.6)

129

20.5

400

40.6

954

67.3

1580

130

3050

227

5326

498

11661

1068

20850

1929

32243

2762

46175

0.6MPa

10.4(12.1)

177

24.1

548

47.7

1310

79

2170

152

4188

267

7310

600

16010

1252

28627

2260

44268

3236

63397

0.8 MPa

11.6(12.3)

225

27.1

696

53.8

1662

89

2753

171

5314

300

9276

761

20315

1410

36325

2546

56172

3646

80445

1 MPa

12.8

272

30

843

59

2012

98

3333

189

6435

330

11232

922

24595

1649

43976

2801

68005

4012

97390

1.5 MPa

15.3

390

36

1209

72

2884

119

4778

231

9224

402

16102

1322

35258

2364

63043

3655

97489

5235

139614

2 MPa

19.1

508

41

1575

93

3759

156

6228

300

12024

524

20986

1723

45953

3081

82165

4764

127058

6823

181960

2.5 MPa

23.6

628

49

1945

116

4640

192

7688

371

14842

647

25907

2127

56729

3803

101433

5882

156854

8423

224633

3 MPa

28.1

748

58

2318

138

5532

229

9166

442

17694

772

30883

2536

67624

4534

120913

7011

186978

10041

267772

(1) Maximum flow rate is the lower of 80 m/s.(3) Minimum values are determined from Table 6. The values in parenthesis show the minimum linear flow rates (Re = 20,000 or 40,000) when they are higher than the minimum measurable flow rate.

DYF Tab-16

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

min.

max.

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY025-/R1

DY040-/R1

DY050-/R1

DY080-/R1

DY100-/R1

DY150-/R1

DY200-/R1

—

—

—

DY040-/R2

DY050-/R2

DY080-/R2

DY100-/R2

DY150-/R2

DY200-/R2

—

—

—

—

Model Code FlowRateLimits

9-18



ReferenceTable 11 Inner Diameter and Nominal value

Model CodeInner

Diametermm

NominalK-FactorPulse/L

Nominal Pulse Rate

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY025-/R1

DY040-/R1

DY050-/R1

DY080-/R1

DY100-/R1

DY150-/R1

DY200-/R1

—

—

—

DY040-/R2

DY050-/R2

DY080-/R2

DY100-/R2

DY150-/R2

DY200-/R2

—

—

—

—

14.6

25.7

39.7

51.1

71.0

93.8

138.8

185.6

230.8

276.2

376

65.6

18.7

8.95

3.33

1.43

0.441

0.185

0.0966

0.0563

62.7

35.5

23.1

18.3

13.2

9.88

6.67

5.00

4.04

3.37

104

19.1

5.19

2.49

0.925

0.397

0.123

0.0514

0.0268

0.0156

DYF Tab-14

Hz/m/s Hz/m3/h

Pressure LossCalculation of pressure loss for general type

obtained from the following equations.∆P = 108 x 10-5 x ρf x υ2 ········· (1)or∆P = 135 x ρf x Qf2

··············· (2)D4

where,∆P : Pressure loss (kPa)ρf : Density at operating condition (kg/m3 )υ : Flow velocity (m/s)Qf : Actual flow rate (m3/h)D : Internal Diameter of detector (mm)

(Example)DY050, hot water: 80 °C, flowrate: 30 m3/h1. Since the density of water at 80 °C is 972 kg/m3,

substitute this value in equation (2):

∆P = 135 x 972 x 302 / 51.14

= 17.3 kPa

2. Obtain the pressure loss using equation (1). Theflow velocity when the flow rate is 30 m3/h is givenby:

υ = 354 x Qf / D2 = 354 x 30 = 4.07 m/s 51.12

Therefore, substitute this value in equation (1):

∆P = 108 x 10-5 x 972 x 4.072

= 17.3 kPa

Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type(Option code: /R1)obtained from the following equations.∆P = 124 x 10-5 x ρf x υ2 ········· (3)or∆P = 155 x ρf x Qf2 / D4 ········ (4)(Example)DY040-/R1, hot water: 50 deg C flowrate: 10 m3/h1. Since the density of water at 50 deg C is

992 kg/cm3, substitute this value in equation (4):

∆P = 155 x 992 x 102 / 25.74

= 35.3 kPa

2. Obtain by using equation (3). The flow velocitywhen the flow rate is 10 m3/h is given by:

υ = 354 x Qf / D2 = 354 x 10 / 25.72

= 5.4 m/s


∆P = 124 x 10-5 x 992 x 5.42

= 35.3 kPa

Calculation of pressure loss for reduced bore type(Option code: /R2)obtained from the following equations.∆P = 138 x 10-5 x ρf x υ2 ········· (5)or∆P = 173 x ρf x Qf2

··············· (6)D4

(Example)DY050-/R2, hot water: 50 °C, flowrate: 15 m3/h1. Since the density of water at 50 °C is 992 kg/cm3,

substitute this value in equation (6):

∆P = 173 x 992 x 152 / 25.74

= 88.5 kPa

2. Obtain by using equation (5). The flow velocitywhen the flow rate is 15m3/h is given by:

υ = 354 x Qf / D2 = 354 x 15 = 8.0 m/s 25.72


∆P = 138 x 10-5 x 992 x 8.02

= 88.5 kPa

Cavitation(Minimum Back Pressure, Liquid service only):Cavitation occurs when the flow line pressure is lowand flow velocity is high during fluid measurement,preventing correct measurement of flow rate. Theoptimum line pressure can be obtained from thefollowing equation.P = 2.7 · ∆P + 1.3 · Po

··············· (5)

Where,P : Line pressure, 2 to 7 times as large as internal

diameter on downstream of flowmeter bodysurface. (kPa absolute).

∆P : Pressure loss (kPa).Refer to the item above.

Po : Saturation liquid vapor pressure at operatingtemperature (kPa absolute).

(Example) Confirmation of presence of cavitationSuppose that the line pressure is 120 kPa abs and theflow rate scale is 0 to 30 m3/h. It is only necessary toconfirm the pressure at the maximum flow rate ;therefore, the saturated steam pressure of water at 80°Cis as follows from the table of saturated steampressures:

Po = 47.4 kPa absTherefore, substitute this value in equation (5):

P = 2.7 3 17.3 + 1.3 3 47.4= 108.3 kPa abs

Since the operating pressure of 120 kPa abs is higherthan 108.3 kPa abs, no cavitation occurs.

9-19



9.6 REMARKS ON INSTALLATIONPiping supportTypical vibration immunity level is 1G for normal pipingcondition. Piping support should be fixed in case ofover 1G vibration level.

Installation directionIf a pipe is always filled with liquids, the pipe can beinstalled vertically or at inclined angle

Adjacent pipesThe process pipeline inner diameter should be largerthan the digitalYEWFLO inner diameter.Use the following adjacent pipe.

Model Code DY015 up to DY050: Sch 40 or less.DY025-/R1 up to DY080-/R1DY040-/R2 up to DY100-/R2

Model Code DY080 up to DY300: Sch 80 or less.DY100-/R1 up to DY200-/R1DY150-/R2 up to DY200-/R2

Straight pipe length*D: piping diameter*K-factor may be influenced about 0.5 % in case thatstraight pipe length of upstream is less than valuesbelow.

Refer to each element above forstraight pipe run.

Reducer pipe:Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more, and the

downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per reducer

pipe.

Valve position and straight pipe length: Install the valve on the downstream side of the flowmeter.

The upstream straight pipe length dependent on the element

located on the upstream such as reducer/expander, bent and

etc., refer to description as above. Keep 5D or more for

downstream straight pipe length.

In case the valve has to be installed on the upstream of the

flowmeter, ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 20D

or more, and the downstream straight pipe length be 5D or more.

Expander pipe:Ensure the upstream straight pipe length to be 10D or more, and

the downstream straight pipe length to be 5D or more for per

expander pipe.

Bent pipe and straight pipe length:1. Single bent pipe

2. Double bent pipe; coplanar

3. Double bent pipe; non coplanar

Fluid vibration:For a gas line which uses a piston-type or roots-type blower compressor or a high-pressure liquid line (about 1MPa or more) which uses piston-type or plunger-type pump, fluid vibrations may be produced.In these case, install valve on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO. For inevitable fluid vibration, put a vibration damping device such as throttling plate or expansion section in the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO.

Description Figure

1.

2.

3.

digitalYEWFLO

Flow

5D or moreReducer

5D or more

digitalYEWFLO

Flow

10D or moreExpander

5D or more

digitalYEWFLO

F01.01.EPS

FlowdigitalYEWFLO

Valve

5D or more20D or more

digitalYEWFLO

Flow


digitalYEWFLO

Flow


digitalYEWFLO

Flow


9-20



Description Figure

Heat-Insulation:

When an integral-type flowmeter or a remote type detector is

installed and the pipe carrying high-temperature fluids is

heat-insulated, do not wrap adiabatic materials around the

installation bracket of the converter.

Flushing of the pipe line:

Flush and clean scale, incrustation and sludge on the inside of

pipe for newly installed pipe line and repaired pipe line before

the operation. For flushing, the flow should flow through

bypass-piping to avoid damaging the flowmeter. If there is no

bypass-piping, install short pipe instead of the flowmeter.

Mounting Gasket:

Avoid mounting gaskets which protrude into the pipe line. This may

cause inaccurate readings.

Use the gasket with bolt holes, even if digitalYEWFLO is the wafer type.

When using a spiral gasket(without bolt holes), confirm the size with the

gasket -manufacturer, as standard items may not be used for certain

flange ratings.

Pressure and Temperature Taps:

Pressure tap outlet: install this tap between 2D and 7D on the

downstream side of a flowmeter.

Temperature tap outlet: install this on the downstream side 1D to 2D

away from a pressure tap.

Valve positon (T-type piping exist):

When pulsation caused by a T-type piping exist, install the valve on the

upstream of the flowmeter.

Example: As shown in the figure, when the valve V1 is turned off, the

fluid flow through B as to meter A the flow is zero. But due to the

pulsating pressure is detected, the meter´s zero point becomes

fluctuating. To avoid this, change the valve V1 location to V1'.

F01.02.EPS

Relocating

Valve (Off)Flow

B

A

V1’ V1

Piston-type or plunger pump:Install the accumulator on the upstream side of digitalYEWFLO

to reduce fluid vibrations.digitalYEWFLO

Bracket

Heat-Insulator

Pressure tap

Temperature tap

Upstream

Flow

downstream

2 to 7D 1 to 2D

Pipeline Flange

Pipeline

No good

Short pipe

digitalYEWFLO

9-21



The wiring example for simultaneous analog and pulse and alarm, status output.

250 Ω

R+

–+PULSE

SUPPLY


Recorder or

other instrument

This supply voltage requires a power source with a maximum output current of no less than E/R+25 mA.

Electric counter

E(16.4 to 30 V DC)

Counting input

Common

+

+


250Ω

24V DC

PULSE

SUPPLY

+

–

Distributor

–

+

–

+PULSE

SUPPLY

R

E

digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal Use the Three-wire shielded cable.

Use the Three-wire shielded cable.

Electric counter*1

*1

*1

*1

*2

*2

*2

*2

*1: To avoid the influence of external noise, use an electric counter which fits to the pulse frequency.*2: Resistor is not necessary in case of an electric counter which can receive contact pulse signal directly.

Shielded Cable

Shielded Cable

PULSE

SUPPLY +–

+Magnetic

valve

AC power supply

External Power supply 30 V DC, 120 mA max(Contact Rating)


E

250 Ω

R

+–

+PULSE

SUPPLY

Counting input

Common

For the shielded cables in this

example of flowmeter installation,

use two-wire separately shielded

cables.

This supply voltage requires a power source with a maximum output current of no less than E/R+25mA.

Recorder or

other instrument

Electric counter

E(16.4 to 30 V DC)

Shielded Cable

The supply voltage requires output

impedance no more than 1/1000 of R

(load resistance).digitalYEWFLO Electrical Terminal

250ΩR

E(10.5 to 30 V DC) Counting input

Common

24 V DC

PULSE

SUPPLY

For the shielded cables in this example of

flowmeter installation, use two-wire separately

shielded cables.

This supply voltage requires a power source with a maximum output current of no less than E/R.

Distributor (or communication medium: ex. EP card)

(or communication medium: ex. EP card)Electric counter

+

–

+

Shielded Cable


When analog and pulse output are used, the length of communication line is subjected to wiring conditions. Refer to

example 1 to 3. If the communication carries out from amplifier, no need to consider wiring conditions.

Relay

T004.02.EPS

Analog Output

Pulse Output

Status Output

Alarm Output

Simultaneous

Analog

-Pulse Output

DescriptionConnection

0.1

C ( µF ) × f ( kHz ) ≤ R (kΩ) ≤

120

E (V)

The load resistance of pulse output should be used to 1 kΩ, 2 W.If no translation of the pulse output is possible by the cable length or the frequency of the pluse output,the load resistance should be selected by calculation as shown below.

Example of CEV cable capacitance = = 0.1µF/km

WhereE = Supply voltage (V) f = Frequency of pulse output (kHz)R = Value of load resistance (kΩ)

C = Cable capacitance (µF)P = Power ratio of the load resistance

(mW)

P (mW) =R (kΩ)

E2(V)

Example 3In this case, no communi-cation is possible (when shielded cable is not used).

The range of load resistance R for the pulse output.

Example 1In this case, communica-tion is possible (up to adistance of 2 km when aCEV cable is used).

Example 2In this case, communica-tion is possible (up to adistance of 200 m when a CEV cable is used) and R = 1 kΩ).

In this case, communication is possible (up to a distance of 2 km when a CEV cable is used.)

In this case, no communication is possible.

In this case, no communication is possible.

9-22



9.7 External DimensionsWafer type (DY015 up to DY100)

Unit: mm(approx. inch)

H1

H

125 (4.92)

L

φD

B

φC

2-φG

74 (2.91)

F

E

59 (2.32)

4.5 (0.18)

59 (2.32)ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

CLAMPONLY FOR KEMA Explosion proof

WITH INDICATOR

EARTH TERMINAL

φ94

(3.7

0)

103.

5 (4

.07)

87.5

(3.4

4)

6.0 (13.23lb)4.3 (9.48lb)

AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD4 AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD470 (2.76)

39.7 (1.56)73 (2.87)

69.7(2.74)

80.8(3.18)

80.8(3.18)

77.8(3.06)

34.8(1.37)

40.4(1.59)

40.4(1.59)

38.9(1.53)

17(0.67)

14(0.55)

20(0.79)

20(0.79)

48.6(1.91)

48.6(1.91)

58.7(2.31)

58.7(2.31)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

75 (2.95)35 (1.38) 37.5 (1.48)

92 (3.62)51.1 (2.01)

158 (6.22)307.5 (12.11)

136 (5.35)276 (10.87)

12.8 (28.22lb)9.4 (20.73lb)

372 (14.65)190 (7.48)

342 (13.47)175 (6.89)

157.2 (6.19)93.8 (3.69)50 (1.97)120 (4.72)

72.7(2.86)

68.9(2.71)

82.6(3.25)

76.6(3.02)

72.9(2.87)

87.8(3.46)

83.1(3.27)

99.7(3.93)

88(3.46)

92.5(3.64)

21(0.83)

23(0.91)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

20(3.06)

20(0.79)

20(0.79)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

77.7(3.06)

77.7(3.06)

73.9(2.91)

73.9(2.91)

- AD4AD3

61.2(2.41)

61.2(2.41)

64.4(2.54)

64.4(2.54)

127 (5.00)71 (2.80)40 (1.57)100 (3.94)

DY080 (80mm,3in)

AA4AA2AA1 - AD2AD1

AA4AA2AA1

DY100 (100mm,4in)AD1

- AD2AD3

- AD4

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

(Note 1) Integral weight is the same as Remote.(Note 2) In case of with Indicator, add 0.2kg.(Note 3) The hole is not provided.(Note 4) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code /CRC.

L

CDH

H1E

F

G

DY040 (40mm,11/2in) DY050 (50mm,2in)

B

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

B

G

F

EH1HDC

L

TYPECODE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

PROCESSCONNECTION

3.7 (8.16lb)2.8 (6.17lb)

258 (10.16)129 (5.08)

50.8 (2.00)25.7 (1.01)

70 (2.76)

60.1(2.37)

62.9(2.48)

62.9(2.48)

56(2.21)

30.1(1.19)

31.4(1.24)

31.4(1.24)

28(1.10)

13(0.51)

14(0.55)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

DY025 (25mm,1in)

14(0.55)

14(0.55)

14(0.55)

13(0.51)

23(0.91)

23.5(0.93)

23.5(0.93)

21.4(0.84)

46(1.81)

47.1(1.85)

47.1(1.85)

42.7(1.68)

127 (5.00)

35.1 (1.38)248 (9.76)

14.6 (0.57)

70 (2.76)35 (1.38)35 (1.38)

DY015 (15mm,1/2in)

- AD4AD1

AA4AA2AA1- AD4AD1

AA4AA2AA1

G

F

EH1HDC

L

PROCESSCONNECTION

B

INTEGRAL/REMOTETYPECODE

WEIGHT kg

WEIGHT kg

WEIGHT kg

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

(Note 3)

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A



9-23



Flange type (DY015 up to DY100)Unit: mm

(approx. inch)

125(4.92)

87.5

(3.4

4)

103.

5(4.

07)

H1

φD

H

N-φG

φJφC

4.5(0.18)

59(2.32) 59(2.32)

74(2.91)

φ94(

3.70

)

L

T

CLAMP

EARTHTERMINAL

ELECTRICALCONNECTION

WITH INDICATOR

ONLY FOR KEMA Explosion proof

6.94.2

25.4(1.00)

101.6(4.00)

34.9(1.37)

307(12.09)

149.4(5.88)

150(5.91)

190(7.48)

22.4(0.88)

82.6(3.25)

28.8(1.13)

291(11.46)

120.7(4.75)

130(5.12)

160(6.30)

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

85(3.35)

89(3.50)

89(3.50)

79.2(3.12)

4 (0.16)15.7

(0.62)

25.7 (1.01)

150(5.91)

DY025 (25mm,1in)

14(0.55)

15.7(0.62)

15.7(0.62)

15.7(0.62)

4 (0.16)

65(2.56)

66.5(2.62)

66.5(2.62)

60.5(2.38)

D

14.6 (0.58)

130(5.12)

BD1- BD4- BD4

BD1BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

L

C

H

H1T

J

NG

95(3.74)

88.9(3.50)

95.3(3.75)

95.3(3.75)

275(10.83)

278(10.94)

278(10.94)

278(10.94)127 (5.00)

11.2(0.44)

14.2(0.56)

21(0.83)

16(0.63)

108(4.25)

124(4.88)

124(4.88)

115(4.53)

286.5(11.28)

294.5(11.59)

294.5(11.59)

290(11.42)

14.2(0.56)

17.5(0.69)

24(0.94)

18(0.71)

129 (5.08)

19(0.75)

19(0.75)

14(0.55)

4.1 4.3 4.6 6.6 7.2 7.7 kglb

WEIGHT

kglb

WEIGHT

kglb

WEIGHT

6.7

15.7(0.62)

66.5(2.62)

19.9(0.78)

278(10.94)

95.3(3.75)

140(5.51)

CA4

4.5

22.4(0.88)

82.6(3.25)

28.8(1.13)

291(11.46)

120.7(4.75)

160(6.30)

CA5

6.8 11.1

19(0.75)

89(3.50)

24(0.94)

294.5(11.59)

124(4.88)

170(6.69)

CA4

7.9

25.4(1.00)

101.6(4.00)

34.9(1.37)

307(12.09)

149.4(5.88)

190(7.48)

CA5

11.4

15.219.269.04 9.48 10.14 14.55 15.88 16.9814.77 9.92 14.99 24.48 17.42 25.14

11.38.8

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

165.1(6.50)

44.5(1.75)

369.5(14.55)

215.9(8.50)

170(6.69)

230(9.06)

28.4(1.12)

124(4.88)

38.2(1.50)

328.5(12.93)

177.8(7.00)

150(5.91)

200(7.87)

DY050 ( 50mm, 2in)

D

DY040 (40mm,11/2in)BD1

- BD4- BD4BD1

L

C

HH1

T

J

N

G

150(5.91)

39.7 (1.56)127

(5.00)155.4(6.12)

155.4(6.12)

150(5.91)

303(11.93)

317(12.48)

317(12.48)

314.5(12.38)136 (5.35)18

(0.71)17.5

(0.69)20.6

(0.81)28.8

(1.13)98.6

(3.88)114.3(4.50)

114.3(4.50)

110(4.33)

4(0.16)

15.7(0.62)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

18(0.71)

170(6.69)

51.1 (2.01)165

(6.50)152.4(6.00)

165.1(6.50)

165.1(6.50)

344(13.54)

344(13.54)

344(13.54)

337.5(13.29)

158 (6.22)19.1

(0.75)22.4

(0.88)31.8

(1.25)20

(0.79)120.7(4.75)

127(5.00)

127(5.00)

125(4.92)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

19(0.75)

19(0.75)

18(0.71)

8.1 9.3 11.3 11.7 13.2 14.8

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

16.2

22.4(0.88)

114.3(4.50)

28.8(1.13)

317(12.48)

155.4(6.12)

185(7.28)

CA4

11.7

28.4(1.12)

124(4.88)

38.2(1.50)

328.5(12.93)

177.8(7.00)

200(7.87)

CA5

16.3 26.5

19(0.75)

8(0.31)

127(5.00)

33.3(1.31)

344(13.54)

165.1(6.50)

205(8.07)

CA4

15.8

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

165.1(6.50)

46(1.81)

369.5(14.55)

215.9(8.50)

230(9.06)

CA5

26.9

24.9219.4017.86 20.51 24.92 25.80 29.11 32.6335.72 25.80 35.94 58.43 34.84 59.31

27.423.22019.4

31.8(1.25)

235(9.25)

50.9(2.00)

439.5(17.30)

292.1(11.50)

280(11.02)

200(7.87)

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

190.5(7.50)

44.5(1.75)

399(15.71)

209.6(8.25)

245(9.65)

DY100 (100mm, 4in)

D

DY080 (80mm, 3in)

L

C

HH1

T

J

N

G

BD1- BD2

BD3- BD4 - BD2

BD1 BD3 - BD4

200(7.87)

71 (2.80)200

(7.87)200

(7.87)190.5(7.50)

209.6(8.25)

241.3(9.50)

374(14.72)

383.5(15.10)

383.5(15.10)

378.5(14.90)

378.5(14.90)

175 (6.89)23.9

(0.94)28.4

(1.12)38.2

(1.50)20

(0.79)24

(0.95)160

(6.30)160

(6.30)152.4(6.00)

168.2(6.62)

168(6.61)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

18(0.71)

18(0.71)

4(0.16)

220(8.66)

220(8.66)

240(9.45)

93.8 (3.69)228.6(9.00)

254(10.00)

273(10.75)

220(8.66)

235(9.25)

409(16.10)

420.5(16.56)

430(16.93)

403.5(15.89)

411(16.18)

190 (7.48)24

(0.95)23.9

(0.94)31.8

(1.25)44.5

(1.75)20

(0.79)190.5(7.50)

200.2(7.88)

216(8.50)

180(7.09)

190(7.48)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

22.4(0.88)

25.4(1.00)

18(0.71)

22(0.87)

20 23.8 25.4 27.4 35.9 50.8

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

35.7

22.4(0.88)

8(0.31)

170(6.69)

39.7(1.56)

383.5(15.10)

235(9.25)

CA4

209.6(8.25)

27.1

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

180(7.09)

46(1.81)

399(15.71)

250(9.84)

CA5

241.3(9.50)

36.3 55.9

25.4(1.00)

216(8.50)

46(1.81)

430(16.93)

273(10.75)

270(10.63)

CA4

52.8

31.8(1.25)

235(9.25)

52.4(2.06)

439.5(17.30)

292.1(11.50)

285(11.22)

CA5

56.6

60.4251.1644.1042.7844.10 52.48 56.01 60.42 79.16 112.0178.72 59.76 80.04 123.26 116.42 124.80

(Note 1) Integral weight is the same as Remote(Note 2) In the case of with Indicator, add 0.2 kg(Note 3) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code/ /CRC.

DY015 (15mm,1/2in)

5.4

75(2.95)

- BD6BD5

105(4.13)283

(11.14)

20(0.79)

12.7

- BD6BD5

170(6.69)324.5

(12.78)

125(4.92)

2724.1

BD5 BD6

2158.47)

230(9.06)

386(15.2)

393.5(15.50)

28(1.10)

32(1.26)

170(6.69)

180(7.09)

22(0.04)

26(1.02)

BD7

5.4

BD7

12.7

325(12.8)

28(1.10)

180(7.09)

BD7230

(9.06)

26

394(15.52

36(1.42)

14(0.55)

14(0.55)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

57.3359.5353.14

28.0028.00

11.9111.91

26(1.02)

180(7.09)

230(9.06)

22(0.04)

22(0.04)

26(1.02)

125(4.92)

170(6.69)

75(2.95)

20(0.79)

105(4.13)283

(11.14)

9.6

100(3.93

- BD6BD5

302.5(11.91)

18(0.71)

15.214.3

BD5 BD6

351.5(13.84)

359(14.14)

135(5.32)

145(5.71)

22(0.87)

39.733

BD5 BD6

250(9.85)

265(10.43)

418.5(16.48)

426(16.78)

30(1.18)

36(1.42)

200(7.88)

210(8.27)

26(1.02)

BD7

9.6

303(11.93

BD7195

(7.68)

15.2

30(1.18)

BD7260

(10.24)

39.7

40(1.57)

265(10.43)

426(16.78)

210(8.27)

30(1.18)

30(1.18)

180(7.09)

195(7.68)

195(7.68)

359(14.14)

26(1.02)

28(1.10)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)26

(1.02)26

(1.02)

145(5.71)

140(5.51)

140(5.51)

140(5.51)

140(5.51)

24(0.94)

24(0.94)100(3.93

18(0.71)

21.16 21.16

31.52 33.50 33.50

72.74 87.51 87.51

N/AN/A

N/A

9-24



Flange type (DY150 up to DY300)Unit: mm

(approx. inch)


CLAMP


WITH INDICATOR

H

125(4.92)

φCφJ

N-φG

74(2.91)

φ94(

3.70

)59(2.32) 59(2.32)

4.5(0.18)

φD

L

T

H110

3.5(

4.07

)87

.5(3

.44) EARTH

TERMINAL

(Note 1) Integral weight is the same as Remote (Note 2) In case of with indicator, add 0.2kg(Note 3) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code / CRC.

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

kglb

WEIGHT 13955.953.646.342.933.4

22(0.87)

295(11.61)

24(0.95)

515(20.28)

340(13.39))

270(10.63)

31.8(1.25)

12(0.47)

317.5(12.50)

62(2.44)

503(19.80)

356(14.02)

336(13.23)

310(12.21)

DY200 (200mm, 8in)

D

DY150 (150mm, 6in)

L

C

HH1

T

J

N

G

BD1- BD2

BD3- BD4 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4

270(10.63)

138.8 (5.46)285

(11.22)300

(11.81)279.4(11.00)

317.5(12.50)

381(15.00)

452(17.80)

471(18.54)

491(19.33)

455(17.91)

463(18.23)

209 (8.23)25.4

(1.00)36.6

(1.44)54.4

(2.14)22

(0.87)28

(1.10)240

(9.45)250

(9.84)241.3(9.50)

269.7(10.62)

292(11.50)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

28.4(1.12)

22(0.87)

26(1.02)

8(0.31)

310(12.20)

310(12.20)

386(15.20)

375(14.76)

185.6 (7.31)342.9(13.50)

375(14.76))

381(15.00)

419.1(16.50))

469.9(18.50))

340(13.39))

360(14.17))

419.1(16.50))

516(20.31)

535(21.06)

554(21.81)

579(22.80)

515(20.28)

525(20.67)

532(20.94)

554(21.81)

241 (9.49)30

(1.18)28.4

(1.12)41.1

(1.62)62

(2.44)69.9

(2.75)24

(0.95)34

(1.34)63.6

(2.50)298.5(11.75)

330.2(13.00)

349.3(13.75)

393.7(15.50)

295(11.61)

310(12.20)

320(12.60)

349.3(13.75)

25.4(1.00)

22.4(0.88)

31.8(1.25)

38.1(1.50)

22(0.87)

26(1.02)

30(1.18)

31.8(1.25)

36.4 54.4 84.4 55.4 80.4 136 182

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

106

28.4(1.12)

12(0.47)

292(11.50)

55.7(2.19)

491(19.33)

325(12.80)

CA4

356(14.02)

90

31.8(1.25)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

317.5(12.50)

63.6(2.50)

503(19.80)

340(13.39)

CA5

381(15.00)

107 46.3

38.1(1.50)

393.7(15.50)

71.4(2.81)

579(22.80)

469.9(18.50))

390(15.35)

CA4

183

CA5

306.52123.26118.19102.0994.5973.6580.26 119.95 186.10 122.16 177.28 299.88 401.31233.73 198.45 235.94 102.09 403.52

370(14.57)

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

kglb

WEIGHT

DY300 (300mm, 12in)

D

DY250 (250mm, 10in)

L

C

H

H1

T

J

N

G

370(14.57)

406.4(16.00)

444.5(17.50)

584(22.99)

603(23.74)

31.2(1.23)

48.8(1.92)

362(14.25)

387.4(15.25)

12(0.47)

28.5(1.12)

25.4(1.00)

16(0.63)

400(15.75)

230.8(9.09)

276.2(10.87)

277(10.91)

307(12.09)

482.6(19.00)

520.7(20.50)

652(25.67)

671(26.42)

32.8(1.29)

51.8(2.04)

431.8(17.00)

450.9(17.75)

31.8(1.25)

25.4(1.00)

90 125 140 178

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

16(0.63)

12(0.47)

198.45 275.63 308.70 392.49

BD5 BD6

345(13.53)

485(19.02)

35513.93490

(19.22)

36(1.41)280

(10.98)8

(0.31)33

(1.19)

58.1 76.4

44(1.72)290

(11.38)12

(0.47)

128.07168.41

33(1.19)

N/A

N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A

9-25



High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY025-/HT up to DY100-/HTCryogenic Version (/LT): DY015-/LT up to DY100-/LTWafer type



H110

3.5(

4.07

)

B

H

125(4.92)

L

φD

φC

2-φG

4.5(0.18)

59(2.32)59(2.32)

φ94(

3.70

)

F

E

87.5

(3.4

4)

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

CLAMP

EARTH TERMINAL

DY015 (15mm,1/2in) Only for /LTOnly for REMOTE

515 (20.28)333 (13.11)

485 (19.09)318 (12.52)

157.2 (6.19)93.8 (3.69)50 (1.97)120 (4.72)

72.7(2.86)

68.9(2.71)

82.6(3.25)

76.6(3.02)

72.9(2.87)

87.8(3.46)

83.1(3.27)

99.7(3.93)

88(3.46)

92.5(3.64)

21(0.83)

23(0.91)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

20(0.79)

20(0.79)

20(0.79)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

77.7(3.06)

77.7(3.06)

73.9(2.91)

73.9(2.91)

- AD4AD3

61.2(2.41)

61.2(2.41)

64.4(2.54)

64.4(2.54)

127 (5.00)71 (2.80)40 (1.57)100 (3.94)

DY080 (80mm,3in) /LT, /HT

AA4AA2AA1 - AD2AD1

AA4AA2AA1

DY100 (100mm,4in) /LT, /HTAD1

- AD2AD3

- AD4

AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD4 AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD4

DY040 (40mm,11/2in) /LT, /HT

70 (2.76)

39.7 (1.56)73 (2.87)

69.7(2.74)

80.8(3.18)

80.8(3.18)

77.8(3.06)

34.8(1.37)

40.4(1.59)

40.4(1.59)

38.9(1.53)

17(0.67)

14(0.55)

20(0.79)

20(0.79)


48.6(1.91)

48.6(1.91)

58.7(2.31)

58.7(2.31)

17(0.67)

17(0.67)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

(Note 1)

75 (2.95)

92 (3.62)51.1 (2.01)

301 (11.85)450.5 (17.74)

279 (10.98)419 (16.50)

AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD4


17(0.67)

17(0.67)

14(0.55)

13(0.51)

28(1.10)

31.4(1.24)

31.4(1.24)

30.1(1.19)

56(2.20)

62.9(2.48)

62.9(2.48)

60.1(2.37)

70 (2.76)

25.7 (1.01)50.8 (2.00)

272 (10.71)401 (15.79)

Only for REMOTE

Only for REMOTE

4.1 (9.04lb) 4.7 (10.36lb) 6.4 (14.11lb)

13.2 (29.11lb)9.8 (21.61lb)

(Note 1) The hole is not provided.(Note 2) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code / CRC.

35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 37.5 (1.48)

kgWEIGHT

D

L

C

HH1

B

E

F

G

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

AA1 AA2 AA4AD1

- AD4

14(0.55)

14(0.55)

14(0.55)

13(0.51)

21.4(0.84)

23.5(0.93)

23.5(0.93)

23(0.91)

42.7(1.68)

47.1(1.85)

47.1(1.85)

46(1.81)

70 (2.76)

14.6 (0.57)35.1 (1.38)

270 (10.63)391 (15.39)

3.2 (7.06lb)

35 (1.38)

kgWEIGHT

D

L

C

HH1

B

E

F

G

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

kgWEIGHT

D

L

C

HH1

B

E

F

G

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A N/A N/AN/A N/A N/A

9-26



High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY025-/HT up to DY100-/HTCryogenic Version (/LT): DY015-/LT up to DY100-/LTFlange type


φCφJ

N-φG

φD

H

59(2.32)

4.5(0.18)

59(2.32)

H1

T

L

103.5

(4.0

7)

87.5

(3.4

4)

φ94(3

.70)

125(4.92)


CLAMP

EARTH

TERMINAL

ONLY FOR KEMA

Explosion proof

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

kglb

WEIGHT 8.37.34.6

25.4(1.00)

101.6(4.00)

34.9(1.37)

450(17.72)

149.4(5.88)

150(5.91)

170(6.69)

190(7.48)

22.4(0.88)

82.6(2.25)

28.8(1.13)

434(17.09)

120.7(4.75)

130(5.12)

160(6.30)

DY025 (25mm,2 in) /LT, /HT

D

DY015 (15mm,1/2 in) Only for /LT

BD1- BD4- BD4

BD1

L

C

HH1

T

JN

G

130(5.12)

14.6 (0.57)88.9

(3.50)95.3

(3.75)95.3

(3.75)95

(3.74)418

(16.46)421

(16.57)421

(16.57)421

(16.57)270 (10.63)16

(0.63)11.2

(0.44)14.2

(0.56)21

(0.83)60.5

(2.38)66.5

(2.62)66.5

(2.62)65

(2.56)4 (0.16)

15.7(0.62)

15.7(0.62)

15.7(0.62)

14(0.55)

CA4150

(5.91)25.7 (1.01)115

(4.53)108

(4.25)124

(4.88)124

(4.88)124

(4.88)438

(17.24)438

(17.24)433

(17.05)430

(16.93)438

(17.24)272 (10.71)

14.2(0.56)

17.5(0.69)

24(0.94)

18(0.71)

24(0.94)

79.2(3.12)

89(3.50)

89(3.50)

85(3.35)

89(3.50)

4 (0.16)15.7

(0.62)19

(0.75)19

(0.75)14

(0.55)19

(0.75)4.5 4.7 5.0 7.0 7.6 8.1

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

7.1

15.7(0.62)

66.5(2.62)

19.9(0.78)

421(16.57)

95.3(3.75)

140(5.51)

CA4

4.9

22.4(0.88)

82.6(2.25)

28.8(1.13)

434(17.09)

120.7(4.75)

160(6.30)

CA5

7.2 11.5

25.4(1.00)

101.6(4.00)

34.9(1.37)

450(17.18)

149.4(5.88)

190(7.48)

CA5

11.8

18.3016.1010.149.92 10.36 11.03 15.44 16.76 17.8615.66 10.80 15.88 25.36 26.02

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

kglb

WEIGHT 11.79.2

25.4(1.00)

25.4(1.00)

165.1(6.50)

165.1(6.50)

44.5(1.75)

46(1.81)

513(20.20)

513(20.20)

215.9(8.50)

215.9(8.50)

170(6.69)

230(9.06)

230(9.06)

28.4(1.12)

124(4.88)

38.2(1.50)

472(18.58)

177.8(7.00)

150(5.91)

200(7.87)


D

DY040 (40mm,11/2 in) /LT, /HTBD1

- BD4- BD4BD1

L

C

HH1

T

J

N

G

150(5.91)

39.7 (1.56)127

(5.00)155.4(6.12)

155.4(6.12)

150(5.91)

446(17.56)

460(18.11)

460(18.11)

458(18.03)279 (10.98)18

(0.71)17.5

(0.69)20.6

(0.81)28.8

(1.13)98.6

(3.88)114.3(4.50)

114.3(4.50)

110(4.33)

4(0.16)

15.7(0.62)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

18(0.71)

CA4170

(6.69)51.1 (2.01)165

(6.50)152.4(6.00)

165.1(6.50)

165.1(6.50)

487(19.17)

487(19.17)

487(19.17)

481(18.94)

301 (11.85)19.1

(0.75)22.4

(0.88)31.8

(1.25)20

(0.79)120.7(4.75)

127(5.00)

127(5.00)

125(4.92)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

19(0.75)

19(0.75)

18(0.71)

8.5 9.7 11.7 12.1 13.6 15.2

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

16.6

22.4(0.88)

114.3(4.50)

28.8(1.13)

460(18.11)

155.4(6.12)

185(7.28)

CA4

12.1

28.4(1.12)

124(4.88)

38.2(1.50)

472(18.58)

177.8(7.00)

200(7.87)

CA5

16.7 26.9

19(0.75)

127(5.00)

33.3(1.31)

487(19.17)

165.1(6.50)

205(8.07)

CA5

16.2 27.3

25.8020.2918.74 21.39 25.80 26.68 29.99 33.5236.60 26.68 36.82 59.32 35.72 60.20

(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code / CRC.

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

kglb

WEIGHT 27.823.620.419.8

31.8(1.25)

235(9.25)

50.9(2.00)

583(22.95)

292.1(11.50)

280(11.02)

200(7.87)

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

190.5(7.50)

44.5(1.75)

542(21.34)

209.6(8.25)

245(9.65)

DY100 (100mm,4in) /LT, /HT

D

DY080 (80mm,3 in) /LT, /HT

L

C

HH1

T

J

N

G

BD1- BD2

BD3- BD4 - BD2

BD1 BD3 - BD4

200(7.87)

71 (2.80)200

(7.87)200

(7.87)190.5(7.50)

209.6(8.25)

241.3(9.50)

517(20.35)

527(20.75)

527(20.75)

522(20.55)

522(20.55)

318 (12.52)23.9

(0.94)28.4

(1.12)38.2

(1.50)20

(0.79)24

(0.94)160

(6.30)160

(6.30)152.4(6.00)

168.2(6.62)

168(6.61)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

18(0.71)

18(0.71)

4(0.16)

220(8.66)

220(8.66)

240(9.45)

93.8 (3.69)228.6(9.00)

254(10.00)

273(10.75)

220(8.66)

235(9.25)

552(21.73)

564(22.20)

573(22.56)

547(21.54)

554(21.81)

333 (13.11)24

(0.94)23.9

(0.94)31.8

(1.25)44.5

(1.75)20

(0.79)190.5(7.50)

200.2(7.88)

216(8.50)

180(7.09)

190(7.48)

8(0.31)

19(0.75)

22.4(0.88)

25.4(1.00)

18(0.71)

22(0.87)

20.4 24.2 25.8 27.7 36.3 51.2

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPECODE

36.1

22.4(0.88)

8(0.31)

170(6.69)

39.7(1.56)

527(20.75)

235(9.25)

CA4

209.6(8.25)

27.5

25.4(1.00)

8(0.31)

180(7.09)

46(1.81)

542(21.34)

250(9.84)

CA5

241.3(9.50)

36.7 56.3

25.4(1.00)

216(8.50)

46(1.81)

573(22.56)

273(10.75)

270(10.63)

CA4

53.2

31.8(1.25)

235(9.25)

52.4(2.06)

583(22.95)

292.1(11.50)

285(11.22)

CA5

57.0

61.3052.0444.9843.6644.98 53.36 56.89 61.30 80.04 112.9079.60 60.64 80.92 124.14 117.31 125.69

BD7BD5

- BD6

20(0.78

426(16.71)

75(2.94)

5.8

BD5- BD6

446(15.50)

140(5.49)

18(0.71)

24(0.94)100

(3.92)

10.0

- BD6BD5

170(6.67)468

(18.36)

26(1.02)

125(4.90)

22(0.86)13.1

BD5 BD6

180(7.06)

195(7.65)

495(19.42)

502(19.69)

28(1.10)

135(5.30)

145(5.69)

26(1.02

14.7 15.6

BD6BD5

569(22.32)

562(22.04)

265(10.40)

250(9.81)

210(8.24)

200(7.85)

30(1.18)

40.133.4

BD6BD5

537(21.07)

529(20.75)

230(9.02)

215(8.53)

32(1.25)

28(1.10)

27.424.5

105(4.12)

BD7

10.0

BD7180

(7.06)

13.1

BD7195

(7.65)

15.6

BD7

36(1.41)

27.4

BD7260

(10.2)

40(1.57)

40.1

140(5.51)

170(6.69)

105(4.12)

14(0.55)

20(0.78

426(16.71)

75(2.94)

5.8

14(0.55)

446(15.50)

140(5.49)

18(0.71)

24(0.94)100

(3.92)

170(6.67)468

(18.36)

26(1.02)

22(0.86)

125(4.90)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)

4(0.16)

22(0.86)

26(1.02)

195(7.65)502

(19.69)

28(1.10)145

(5.69)

26(1.02

230(9.06)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

26(1.02)

26(1.02)

26(1.02)

170(6.69)

180(7.09)

180(7.09)

22(0.86)

210(8.24)

36(1.41)

30(1.18)

30(1.18)

265(10.40)

569(22.32)

54.02 40.41 40.41 73.64 88.4288.42

28.88 28.88 32.41 34.40 34.40

12.79 12.79 22.05 22.05

230(9.02)537

(21.07)

N/A

N/A N/A

9-27



High Process Temperature Version (/HT): DY150-/HT up to DY200-/HTFlange type


ELECTRICAL

CONNECTION

CLAMP

N-φG

φCφJ

φD

H1

H

L

T

59(2.32) 59(2.32)

103.5

(4.0

7)

87.5

(3.4

4)

φ94(3

.70)

125(4.92)4.5(0.18)

EARTH

TERMINAL

ONLY FOR KEMA

Explosion proof

(Note 1) The flow direction is opposite (right to left when facing onto indicator) in case of code / CRC.

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

BA1BS1

BA2BS2

BA4BS4

BA5BS5

kg

lb

WEIGHT 13955.953.646.342.933.4

22(0.87)

295(11.61)

24(0.95)

645(25.39)

340(13.39))

270(10.63)

31.8(1.25)

12(0.47)

317.5(12.50)

62(2.44)

633(24.92)

356(14.02)

336(13.23)

310(12.20)

DY200 (200mm,8in) / HT

D

DY150 (150mm,6in) / HT

L

C

H

H1

T

J

N

G

BD1- BD2

BD3- BD4 BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4

270(10.63)

138.8 (5.46)

285(11.22)

300(11.81)

279.4(11.00)

317.5(12.50)

381(15.00)

582(22.91)

601(23.66)

621(24.45)

585(23.03)

593(23.35)

339 (13.35)

25.4(1.00)

36.6(1.44)

54.4(2.14)

22(0.87)

28(1.10)

240(9.45)

250(9.84)

241.3(9.50)

269.7(10.62)

292(11.50)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

8(0.31)

22.4(0.88)

22.4(0.88)

28.4(1.12)

22(0.87)

26(1.02)

8(0.31)

310(12.20)

310(12.20)

386(15.20)

375(14.77)

185.6 (7.31)

342.9(13.50)

375(14.76))

381(15.00)

419.1(16.50))

469.9(18.50))

340(13.39))

360(14.17))

419.1(16.50))

646(25.43)

665(26.18)

684(26.93)

709(27.91)

645(25.39)

655(25.79)

662(26.06)

684(26.93)

371 (14.61)

30(1.18)

28.4(1.12)

41.1(1.62)

62(2.44)

69.9(2.75)

24(0.95)

34(1.34)

63.6(2.50)

298.5(11.75)

330.2(13.00)

349.3(13.75)

393.7(15.50)

295(11.61)

310(12.20)

320(12.60)

349.3(13.75)

25.4(1.00)

22.4(0.88)

31.8(1.25)

38.1(1.50)

22(0.87)

26(1.02)

30(1.18)

31.8(1.25)

36.4 54.4 84.4 55.4 80.4 136 182

INTEGRAL/REMOTE

PROCESSCONNECTION

TYPE

CODE

106

28.4(1.12)

12(0.47)

292(11.50)

55.7(2.19)

621(24.45)

325(12.80)

CA4

356(14.02)

90

31.8(1.25)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

8(0.31)

12(0.47)

12(0.47)

317.5(12.50)

63.6(2.50)

633(24.92)

340(13.39)

CA5

381(15.00)

107 46.3

38.1(1.50)

393.7(15.50)

71.4(2.81)

709(27.91)

469.9(18.50))

390(15.35)

CA4

183

CA5

306.50123.26118.19102.0994.5973.6580.26 119.95 186.10 122.16 177.28 299.88 401.31233.73 198.45 235.94 102.09 403.52

370(14.57)

BD5 BD6

345(13.37)

355(13.76)

615(23.83)

620(24.02)

36(1.39)

44(1.71)

280(10.85)

290(11.24)

33(1.28)

58.1 76.4

8(0.31)

12(0.47)

128.10 168.45

33(1.28)

N/A N/A N/A

9-28



Reduced Bore Type (/R1): DY025-/R1 up to DY150-/R1Flange type

N- φG

φC

φCS

φJ


EARTH TERMINAL

WITH INDICATOR

87.5103.

5

CLAMP

HH1

125

T

L

φD

5974

594.5

φ94

15025.714.6

DY025 /R1

127

4

15039.725.7

129

4

BA1BS1BP1

108284.5

14.279.2

15.75.5

BA2BS2BP2

124292.5

17.589

197.0

DY040 /R1BA1BS1BP1

127296

17.598.6

15.79.4

BA2BS2BP2

155.4310

20.6114.3

22.412.6

DY050 /R1BA1BS1BP1

152.4315.5

19.1120.7

419

11.4

BA2BS2BP2

165.1322

22.4127

819

13.6

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDH

H1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

136

17051.139.7

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDH

H1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

DY080 /R1BA1BS1BP1

190.5357

23.9152.4

419

21.9

BA2BS2BP2

209.6366.5

28.4168.2

822.426.9

DY100 /R1BA1BS1BP1

228.6393

23.9190.5

1930.6

BA2BS2BP2

254405.5

31.8200.2

22.441.0

DY150 /R1BA1BS1BP1

279.4433

25.4241.3

822.449.4

BA2BS2BP2

317.5452

36.6269.7

1222.471.7

20071

51.1

158 175 190

8

22093.871

270138.893.8



9-29



Reduced Bore Type (/R1): DY200-/R1Flange type

N- φG

φC

φCS

φJ


EARTH TERMINAL

WITH INDICATOR

87.5103.

5

CLAMP

H

H1

125

T

L

φD

5974

594.5

φ94

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDH

H1TJNG

Weight kg

310185.6138.8

DY200 /R1

209

BA1BS1BP1

342.9484

28.4298.5

822.470.7

BA2BS2BP2

381503

41.1330.2

1225.4102.9

N/A N/A

9-30



High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/R1/HT): DY040-/HT/R1 up to DY150-/R1/HTFlange type

N- φG

φC

φCS

φJ


EARTH TERMINAL

87.5103.

5

CLAMP

HH1

125

T

L

φD

59 594.5

φ94

DY040 /R1/HT

272

4

BA1BS1BP1

127439

17.598.6

15.79.8

BA2BS2BP2

155.4453

20.6114.3

22.413.0

DY050 /R1/HTBA1BS1BP1

152.4458.5

19.1120.7

419

11.8

BA2BS2BP2

165.1465

22.4127

819

14.0


190.5500

23.9152.4

419

22.3

BA2BS2BP2

209.6509.5

28.4168.2

822.427.3

279 301

17051.139.7

20071

51.1

15039.725.7

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg


228.6536

23.9190.5

1931.0

BA2BS2BP2

254548.5

31.8200.2

22.441.4


279.4576

25.4241.3

822.449.4

BA2BS2BP2

317.5595.5

36.6269.7

1222.471.7

22093.871

318

8

333

270138.893.8


N/A N/A N/A N/A

9-31



High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/R1/HT): DY200-/R1/HTFlange type

φD

N- φG

φCS

φCφJ

125

87.5103.

5T

L

H

φ94

4.5

59 59

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONANSI 1/2NPT FemaleISO M20 x 1.5 Female

CLAMPONLY FOR

KEMA Explosionproof

EARTH TERMINAL

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDH

H1TJNG

Weight kg

310185.6138.8

DY200 /R1/HT

339

BA1BS1BP1

342.9614

28.4298.5

822.470.7

BA2BS2BP2

381633

41.1330.2

1225.4102.9

N/A N/A

9-32



Reduced Bore Type (/R2): DY040-/R2 up to DY200-/R2Flange type

φCS

φC

φJ

N- φG

15039.714.6

DY040 /R2

127

4

BA1BS1BP1

127294.0

17.598.6

15.77.6

BA2BS2BP2

155.4308.2

20.6114.3

22.48.8

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

22093.851.1

DY100 /R2

158

8

BA1BS1BP1

228.6375.8

23.9190.5

1925.5

BA2BS2BP2

254388.5

31.8200.2

22.434

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

17051.125.7

DY050 /R2

129

19

BA1BS1BP1

152.4308.7

19.1120.7

4

10.6

BA2BS2BP2

165.1315.1

22.4127

8

12.1

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

20071

39.7

DY080 /R2

136

BA1BS1BP1

190.5334.8

23.9152.4

419

16.2

BA2BS2BP2

209.6344.3

28.4168.2

822.420

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

270138.8

71

DY150 /R2

175

BA1BS1BP1

279.4418.2

25.4241.3

822.443.3

BA2BS2BP2

317.5437.3

36.6269.7

1222.461.3

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

310185.693.8

DY200 /R2

190

BA1BS1BP1

342.9465.0

28.4298.5

822.471.9

BA2BS2BP2

381484

41.1330.2

1225.496.9

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg


N/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/A

59

74

59

H

4.5

φ94

125

87.5103.

5

L

T

H1

WITH INDICATOR


EARTH TERMINAL

CLAMP

φD

9-33



High Process Temperature Version Reduced Bore Type (/R2/HT): DY050-/R2/HT up to DY200-/R2/HT

φCS

φC

φJ

N- φG

17051.125.7

DY050 /R2/HT

272

19

BA1BS1BP1

152.4451.7

19.1120.7

4

11

BA2BS2BP2

165.1458.1

22.4127

8

12.5

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

20071

39.7

DY080 /R2/HT

279

BA1BS1BP1

190.5477.8

23.9152.4

419

16.6

BA2BS2BP2

209.6487.3

28.4168.2

822.420.4

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

270138.8

71

DY150 /R2/HT

318

BA1BS1BP1

279.4561.2

25.4241.3

822.443.3

BA2BS2BP2

317.5580.3

36.6269.7

1222.461.3

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

22093.851.1

DY100 /R2/HT

301

8

BA1BS1BP1

228.6518.8

23.9190.5

1925.9

BA2BS2BP2

254531.5

31.8200.2

22.434.4

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg

310185.693.8

DY200 /R2/HT

333

BA1BS1BP1

342.9608

28.4298.5

822.471.9

BA2BS2BP2

381627

41.1330.2

1225.496.9

Model Code

ProcessConnection

LC

CSDHH1TJNG

Weight kg


N/A N/A N/A N/A

H1

φD

T

L

125φ9

44.5

H

5959

87.5

103.

5

CLAMP

EARTH TERMINAL


9-34



Remote Type Converter (DYA)Unit: mm

(approx. inch)

Weight: 1.9 kg (4.19 lb)Note: For flowmeters with indicator, add 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)

4.5(0.18)

59(2.32) 59(2.32)

125(4.92)

103.

5(4.

07)

74(2.91)

φ94(

3.70

)

208.

5(8.

21)

87.5

(3.4

4)

WITH INDICATOR

CLAMPONLY FOR KEMA ExplosionProof

ELECTRICALCONNECTION(both sides)

EARTHTERMINAL

Signal Cable for Remote Type (DYC)Unit: mm

(approx. inch)

(Black) (White) (Red) (Red) (White) (Black)

80(3.15)

70(2.76)

70(2.76) 80

(3.15)

φ9.2(0.36)

(Blue)

60(2.36)

25(0.98) 95

(3.74)

60(2.36)50

(1.97)

20(0.79)

Specified Length (L)

30 m (max.)

DYC

Flo

wm

ete

r

Convert

er

Color

Cable Color and Terminal

Terminal

Yellow(*1)

Red

White

Black

Blue

Flow meter

T

A

B

Converter

T

A

B

C

(Yellow) (Yellow)

(*1) Only for /MV

50(1.97)

10-1

10. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENTS


10. EXPLOSION PROTECTED TYPE INSTRUMENT

In this section, further requirements and differences forexplosion proof type instrument are described except JISFlame proof. For explosion proof type instrument, thedescription in this chapter is prior to other description in thisInstruction Manual.

WARNING

• Only trained persons use this instrument inindustrial locations.

10.1 ATEX

WARNING

Only trained persons use this instrument inindustrial locations.

10.1.1 Technical Data• Explosion proofApplicable Standard : EN50014: 1997, EN50018: 2000

EN60529: 1991Certificate : KEMA 01ATEX2072Type of protection: EEx d IIC T6…T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EEx d IIC T6 (Remote Type Converter)Groups: Group IICategory: Category 2GTemperature Code: (Integral Type Flowmeter and RemoteType Flowmeter)

Ambient Temperature Process Temperature

60°C 85°C

100°C

135°C

200°C

300°C

450°C

T6

Temperature Class

T5

T4

T3

T2 *1

T1 *1T100101-1.eps

60°C

60°C

60°C

60°C

60°C

*1 Note: Use /HT version above 260°C

Temperature Class: T6 (Remote Type Converter)Degree of Protection of Enclosure: IP67Tamb: -29 to +60°C (Integral Type Flowmeter and

Remote Type Flowmeter) -30 to +60°C (Remote Type Converter) -29 to +60°C (Integral Type Flowmeter with indicator) -30 to +60°C (Remote Type Converter with indicator)

Ambient Humidity: 0 to 100%RH

Power Supply: 42Vdc max.Output Signal: Current Output; 4 to 20mAdc

Pulse output; On=2Vdc, 200mA Off=42Vdc, 4mA

Maximum Working Pressure: 16MPa(DY015 to DY200)5MPa(DY200 and DY300)

Coating of Enclosure: Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane resin coatingElectrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female, ISO M20 X 1.5 female

• Intrinsically SafeApplicable Standard : EN50014: 1997, EN50020: 1994

EN60529: 1991Certificate : KEMA 01ATEX1082XType of protection: EEx ia IIC T4…T1 (Integral Type

Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter) EEx d IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter)Groups: Group IICategory: Category 1GMaximum Working Pressure: 16MPa (DY015 to DY200) 5MPa (DY250 and DY300)Tamb. (Integral Type Flowmeter): -29 to +60°CTamb. (Remote Type Flowmeter): -29 to +80°CTamb. (Remote Type Converter): -40 to +60°CAmbient Humidity: 0 to 100%RH (No condensation)(Integral Type Flowmeter)


60°C 135°C

60°C 200°C

60°C 300°C

60°C 450°C

T4

Temperature Class

T3

T2*

T1*T100101-2.eps

*: Use /HT version above 260°C

(Remote Type Flowmeter)Ambient Temperature Process Temperature

80°C 135°C

80°C 20°0C

80°C 300°C

80°C 450°C

T4

Temperature Class

T3

T2*

T1*

T100101-3.eps


For connection to certified Intrinsically Safe circuit withSignal/Supply and Pulse circuit of DY(/HT) and DYA :Ui =30V dc, Ii=165mAdc, Pi= 0.9W, Ci= 6nF, Li= 0.15mH

Connect sensor circuit of DYA to DY-N(/HT) :Maximum cable capacitance: 160nFElectrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female, ISO M20 X 1.5

female

10-2



• Type of Protection “n”Applicable Standard: EN60079-15: 2003

IEC60079-0: 1998IEC60079-11: 1999

Type of protection: EEx nL IIC T4…T1 (Integral Type Flowmeter and Remote Type Flowmeter)

EEx nL IIC T4 (Remote Type Converter)Groups: Group IICategory: Category 3GMaximum Working Pressure: 42MPaTamb. (Integral Type Flowmeter): -29 to +60°CTamb. (Remote Type Flowmeter): -29 to +80°CTamb. (Remote Type Converter): -40 to +60°CAmbient Humidity: 0 to 100%RH (No condensation)(Integral Type Flowmeter)


60°C 135°C

60°C 200°C

60°C 300°C

60°C 45°0C

T4

Temperature Class

T3

T2*

T1*T100101-4.eps


(Remote Type Flowmeter)Ambient Temperature Process Temperature

80°C 135°C

80°C 200°C

80°C 300°C

80°C 450°C

T4

Temperature Class

T3

T2*

T1*

T100101-5.eps


Degree of protection of enclosure: IP67Electrical dataSignal/Supply and Pulse circuitUi= 30Vdc, Ci= 6nF, Li= 0.15mHSensor circuit only for connection to DY-N(/HT) seriesMaximum capacitance of cable: 160nFConnect to DYA series onlyElectrical Connection: ANSI 1/2 NPT female, ISO M20 X 1.5

female

10.1.2 Installation

WARNING

• All wiring shall comply with local installationrequirements and local electrical code.

• Suitable heat-resisting cables shall be used forthe digitalYEWFLO Model DY Series VortexFlowmeter when the ambient temperatureexceeds +70°C and/or the process temperatureexceeds 135°C.

• The cable entry devices shall be certified intype of protection flame proof enclosure “d” andsuitable for the conditions of use and correctlyinstalled.

• Unused apertures shall be closed with certifiedblanking elements in type of protection flameproof enclose “d”.

10.1.3 Operation

WARNING

• Wait 10 min. after power is turned off, beforeopening the covers.


10.1.4 Maintenance and Repair

WARNING

• The instrument modification or parts replace-ment by other than authorized representative ofYokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibitedand will void the certification.

10-3



10.1.5 Installation Diagram of Intrinsicallysafe (and Note)

DY (Integral)

SUPPLY

PULSE

Safety barriers

[Integral type]

[Remote type with built-in Temperature sensor]

DYA (converter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

ABTC

ABT

Safety barriersDY-N (Remote)

DYC: Signal cable

Note: In any safety barrier used output current must be limited by a resistor ‘R’ such that Io=Uo/R

Electric data: Supply and Output Circuit (SUPPLY and , PULSE and ) Maximum Input Voltage Ui: 30V Maximum Input Current Ii: 165mA Maximum Input Power Pi: 0.9WInternal Capacitance Ci: 6nFInternal Inductance Li: 0.15mH

Hazardous Non HazardousLocation

[Remote type without built-in Temperature sensor]

DYA (converter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

ABTC

ABT

Safety barriersDY-N (Remote)

DYC: Signal cable



F100101.EPS

10.1.6 Installation Diagram of Type ofProtection “n”

Power Supply

Power Supply

Reciever

Reciever

DY (Flowmeter)

DY-N (Flowmeter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

[Integral type]

(*1): Wire for T termanal With temperature sensor type: Installed Without temperature sensor type: Not Installed

Electric data: Maximum Input Voltage Ui: 30V Internal Capacitance Ci: 6nF Internal Inductance Li: 0.15mH

[Remote type]

DYA (converter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

ABT(*1)C

ABT

DYC: Signal cable

Non HazardousLocation


HazardousLocation

HazardousLocation

F100101-1.EPS

General Purpose Equipment

General Purpose Equipment

10-4



10.1.7 Data Plate

NOTE:USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

MPa at 388CMWP

WARNING

1G

3UN10.5 to 30V DC

4 to 20mA DC / PULSE

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOWMETER

MPa at 388CMWP

WARNING

1G

3WN

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

K-FACTOR

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOWMETER

EEx ia IIC T4...T1 IP67 Tamb : -29 to +608CKEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX1082 X

SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA

Explosion ProofIntegral Type Flowmeter

Remote Type Flowmeter

Intrinsically safeIntegral Type Flowmeter


MPa at 388CMWP

WARNING THE PROCESS TEMP. ^ 2008C

Tamb.: -29 TO +608CTEMP CLASS: T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1PROCESS TEMP.: 85 100 135 200 300 4508C NOTE: USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

EEx d IIC T6...T1 ENCLOSURE: IP67KEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX2072

*3) 2G

3UE10.5 to 42V DC


STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOWMETER

MPa at 388CMWP

3WE

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

K-FACTOR

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

VORTEX FLOWMETER

F100102.EPS

*1)

*1)

*1)

*1)

*3)

*3)

*4)

*3) 2G

USE THE HEAT- RESISTING CABLES OF HIGHER THAN 908CAFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 3 MINUETS BEFORE OPENING.THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP.

WARNING!

TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in

*4)

*4)TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in


TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in

Integral Type Converter

WARNING

*3) 2G

3YE10.5 to 42V DC


STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOW CONVERTER

*1)


1G

3YN10.5 to 30V DC


STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.


Remote Type Converter

*1)

*3)


THE PROCESS TEMP. ^ 2008CUSE THE HEAT- RESISTING CABLES OF HIGHER THAN 908C

AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 3 MINUETS BEFORE OPENING.THE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP.

Tamb.: -29 TO +608CTEMP CLASS: T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1PROCESS TEMP.: 85 100 135 200 300 4508C NOTE: USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

EEx d IIC T6...T1 ENCLOSURE: IP67KEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX2072

Tamb.: -40 TO +608C/ -30 TO 608C (WITH INDICATOR)EEx d IIC T6...T1 ENCLOSURE: IP67KEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX2072

AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 3 MINUETS BEFORE OPENING.

NOTE:USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

EEx ia IIC T4...T1 IP67 Tamb : -29 to +808CKEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX1082 X

SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATACONNECT TO DYA SERIES ONLY

EEx ia IIC T4 IP67 Tamb : -40 to +608CKEMA No.:KEMA 01ATEX1082 X

SEE CERTIFICATE FOR DATA

THE PROCESS TEMP. ^ 2008CUSE THE HEAT- RESISTING CABLES OF HIGHER THAN 908CTHE ENCLOSURE IS HOT AT HIGH PROCESS TEMP.


N200

N200

N200

N200

N200

N200

*2)

*2)

*2)

*2)

*2)

*2)

MPa at 388CMWP

WARNING

3G

UU10.5 to 30V DC


STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOWMETER

MPa at 388CMWP

WARNING

3G

WU

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

K-FACTOR

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

!

VORTEX FLOWMETER

Type of Protection “n”Integral Type Flowmeter


Tamb.: -29 To +808CTEMP CLASS: T4 T3 T2 T1PROCESS TEMP.: 135 200 300 4508C Ui=30Vdc, Ci=6nF, Li=0.15mHNOTE: USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

EEx nL IIC T4...T1 ENCLOSURE: IP67

Tamb.: -29 To +808CTEMP CLASS: T4 T3 T2 T1PROCESS TEMP.: 135 200 300 4508C NOTE: USE /HT VERSION ABOVE 2608C

EEx nL IIC T4...T1 ENCLOSURE: IP67

Tamb.: -40 To +608CUi=30Vdc, Ci=6nF, Li=0.15mH

EEx nL IIC T4 ENCLOSURE: IP67

F100102-1.EPS

*1)

*1)

*3)

*3)

*4) TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in


3G

YU10.5 to 30V DC


STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.



*1)

*3)




N200

N200

N200

*2)

*2)

*2)

*1) The third figure from the last shows the last one figure of the year production. For example, the year of production of the product engraved as follow is year 2001. No. 2 1 W C Z Z 0 5 2 1 2 0

Produced in 2001 or

*3) The identification number of the notified body. : 0344 *4) The product - producing country.

MODELSUFFIX

MWP : Maximum working pressure of apparatus.

K-FACTOR : Sensor constant number of apparatus.

RANGE : Meter range.No. : Serial number.

TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in *3) : Name and address of manufacturer.

TAG. No. : Tag number of apparatus.

: CE-Marking.

2G : GroupII, Category 2 Gas atmosphere.

KEMA No. : Certificate number. KEMA 01ATEX2072 for EEx d KEMA 01ATEX1082X for EEx ia

EEx d IIC T6...T1 : Type of protection and temperature class.Tamb : Ambient temperature. PROCESS TEMP. : Process temperature.ENCLOSURE : Enclosure protection No.

NOTE : Note about model, suffix code "/HT"

: Specified model code

STYLE : Specified style code.

F100102-2.EP

*2) Year of production is indicated in clear text: “Produced 20 ”.

IMPORTANT

• In hazardous location, BT200 BRAIN Terminalcan not be connected to the digitalYEWFLOwhich is approved by CENELEC (KEMA)Intrinsically Safe. (See the IM 1C0A11-01E).

10.1.8 Screw MarkingThe type of electrical connection is stamped near theelectrical connection port according to the following codes.

SCREW SIZE

M20 X 1.5

1/2-14NPT

!

!

MA

MARKING

F100103.EPS

10-5



10.2 FM10.2.1 Technical Data• Explosion ProofApplicable Standard: FM3600, FM3611, FM3615, FM3810,

Including Suppliment 1 ANSI/NEMA 250

Type of Protection: Explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups A,B, C and D;

Dust-ignition proof for Class II/III, Division 1, Groups E, F,and G.

"SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES." " WHENINSTALLED IN DIV.2, SEALS NOT REQUIRED"

Enclosure Rating: NEMA TYPE 4XTemperature Code: T6Ambient Temperature: -29 to 60°C (Integral Type Flowmeter

and Remote Type Flowmeter) -40 to 60°C (Remote Type Converter)

Ambient Humidity: 0 to 100%RHPower Supply: 42Vdc max. (Integral Type Flowmeter and

Remote Type Converter)Output Signal (Integral Type Flowmeter):

Current Output; 4 to 20mAdcPulse Output; On=2Vdc, 200mA

Off=42Vdc, 4mAOutput Signal (Remote Type Flowmeter):

Output Signal to Converter; 30Vp-p, 100µAp-pInput/Output Signal (Remote Type Converter):

Current Output; 4 to 20mAdcPulse Output; On=2Vdc, 200mA

Off=42Vdc, 4mAInput Signal from Flowmeter; 30Vp-p, 100µAp-p

Maximum Working Pressure: 15MPa (2160psi) (DY015 to DY200)

5MPa (720psi) (DY250 and DY300)Coating of Enclosure: Epoxy resin coating or Polyurethane

resin coating.

• Intrinsically SafeApplicable Standard: FM3600, FM3610, FM3611, FM3810,

Including Suppliment 1ANSI/NEMA 250

Type of Protection: Intrinsically safe for Class I, II, III, Div.1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G,T4

and Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 Nonincendive for Class I, II, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F and G, Class III, Div.1, T4, and Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC, T4Ambient Temperature: –29 to +60°C

(Integral Type Flowmeter)–29 to +80°C

(Remote Type Flowmeter)–40 to +80°C

(Remote Type Converter)Ambient Humidity: 0 to +100% RH (No condensation)Indoors and Outdoors: NEMA Type 4XElectrical Parameters:Vmax=30Vdc, Imax=165mAdc, Pi=0.9W, Ci=12nF, Li=0.15mHElectrical connection : ANSI 1/2 NPT female

10.2.2 Wiring• Explosion proof

WARNING

• All wiring shall comply with National ElectricalCode ANSI/NFPA 70 and Local ElectricalCode.

• “SEAL ALL CONDUITS 18 INCHES” " WHENINSTALLED DIV.2, SEALS NOT REQUIRED".

• Intrinsically Safe

WARNING

• The FM Approved Hand Held Communicatormay be connected at any point in the loopbetween the digitalYEWFLO and the ControlEquipment.

10.2.3 Operation• Explosion proof

WARNING

• Note a warning label worded as follows. Warning: OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOV-

ING COVER.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITHTHE INSTRUCTION MANUAL (IM)IF6A1-01E.


10.2.4 Maintenance and Repair

WARNING

• The instrument modification or part replace-ments by other than authorized representativeof Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibitedand will void the approval of FM Approvals.

10-6



10.2.5 Installation Diagram

Intrinsically Safe (and WARNING)

F100201_1.EPS

[Remote type]

DYA (converter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

ABT (*1)C

ABT

DY (flowmeter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

Safety barriers

Safety barriers[Integral type]

DY-N (flowmeter)

Hazardous Location

Class I, II, III, Division 1,Groups A, B, C, D, E, F and G,and Class I, Zone 0, Group IIC


DYC: Signal cable

(*1) Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type : installed Without temperature sensor type: not installed

Electrical parameters of vortex flowmeter (DY) and vortex flow converter (DYA).

Vmax=30V Imax=165mA Pi=0.9WCi=12nF Li=0.15mH

nstallation requirement between flowmeter, converter and Safety Barrier Vt or Voc Vmax It or Isc Imax Po Pi

Ca Ci+Ccable La Li+Lcable Vt, Voc, It, Isc, Voc, Ca and La are parameters of barrier.

WARNING

1. In any safety barrier used output current mustbe limited by a resistor ‘R’ such that Isc=Voc/R.

2. Any Single FM Approved Barrier of multiplebarriers FM Approved for this configurationwho’s parameters meet the above installationrequirements.

3. Input voltage of the safety barrier must be lessthan 250Vrms/Vdc.

4. Installation should be in accordance withNational Electrical Code, ANSI /NFPA70.

5. Dust-tight conduit seal must be used wheninstalled in class II and III environments.

6. Do not alter drawing without authorizationfrom FM.

Nonincendive (and WARNING)

Hazardous Location Non HazardousLocation

Class I, II, Division 2,Groups A, B, C, D, F and G,Class III, Division 1, andClass I, Zone 2, Group IIC

[Integral type]

[Remote type]

DY (flowmeter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

+ +–

+–

+–

+–

+

–

PowerSupply

Reciever

DY (converter)DY-N (flowmeter)

SUPPLY

PULSE

+ +–

+–

+–

+–

+

–

PowerSupply

Reciever

ABTC

ABT (*1)

DYC: Signal cable(*1) Wire for T terminal With temperature sensor type : installed Without temperature sensor type: not installed

Non-incendive field wire parameters of vortex flowmeter (DY)and vortex flow converter (DYA). Vmax=30V Imax=165mA Pi=0.9W Ci=12nF Li=0.15mH

Installation requirement between flowmeter, converter andgeneral purpose equirement. Vt or Voc Vmax It or Isc Imax Po Pi Ca Ci+Ccable La Li+Lcable

Vt, Voc, It, Isc, Po, Ca and La are nonincendive fieldwire parameters of general purpose equipment.

F100201_2.EPS

WARNING

1. The general purpose equipment must be FMapproved with Nonincendive field wiringparameter which meet the above installationrequirements.

2. Installation should be in accordance withNational Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA70.

3. Dust-tight conduit seal must be used wheninstalled in class II and III environments.

4. Do not alter drawing without authorizationfrom FM.

10-7



10.2.6 Data Plate

AMB.TEMP.: -29 to 60 CTEMP.CODE:T6, NEMA 4X

EXPLOSIONPROOF CLI,DIV1,GPS A,B,C&D;

MWP

3UC10.5 to 42V DC

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

VORTEX FLOWMETER

WARNING

!

SEAL ALL CONDUITS WITHIN 18 INCHES

DUST-IGNITIONPROOF CLII/III,GPS E, F&GAPPROVED

FM

THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL IM 1F6A0-01E

OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER.

MWP

3UE10.5 to 42V DC

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

VORTEX FLOWMETER

WARNING

!

APPROVED

FM

SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH DOC. NO. IFM019-A12 P1 & 2.



MWP

3UE

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

K-FACTOR

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

VORTEX FLOWMETER

WARNING

!

APPROVED

FM

WHEN INSTALLED IN DIV.2 ,SEALS NOT REQUIRED.

INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH


OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER.INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH

AMB.TEMP.: -29 to 60 CTEMP.CODE:T6, NEMA 4X



DUST-IGNITIONPROOF CLII/III,GPS E, F&G


AMB.TEMP.: -40 to 60 CTEMP.CODE:T6 NEMA 4X


3YC10.5 to 42V DC

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.


WARNING

!


DUST-IGNITIONPROOF CLII/III,GPS E, F&GAPPROVED

FM


OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING COVER.


INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH


INTRINSICALLY SAFE FOR CL1,2,3,DIV 1, GPS A,B,C,D,E,F&G, T4AND CL1, ZONE 0. AEx ia 2C T4NONINCENDIVE FOR CL 1, 2, DIV 2,GAS A,B,C,D,F&G, CL 3, DIV 1, T4,AND CL1, ZONE 2 GP 2C, T4

AMB. TEMP. : -40 to 60 C NEMA 4XVmax = 30V, Imax = 165mA, Pi = 0.9W, Ci = 12nF, Li = 0.15mH

INTRINSICALLY SAFE FOR CL1,2,3,DIV 1, GPS A,B,C,D,E,F&G, T4AND CL1, ZONE 0. AEx ia 2C T4NONINCENDIVE FOR CL 1, 2, DIV 2,GAS A,B,C,D,F&G, CL 3, DIV 1, T4,AND CL1, ZONE 2 GP 2C, T4

AMB. TEMP. : -29 to 80 C NEMA 4X

INTRINSICALLY SAFE FOR CL1,2,3,DIV 1, GPS A,B,C,D,E,F&G, T4AND CL1, ZONE 0. AEx ia 2C T4NONINCENDIVE FOR CL 1, 2, DIv 2,GAS A,B,C,D,F&G, CL 3, DIV 1, T4,AND CL1, ZONE 2 GP 2C, T4

AMB. TEMP. : -29 to 60 C NEMA 4XVmax = 30V, Imax = 165mA, Pi = 0.9W, Ci = 12nF, Li = 0.15mH

3UE10.5 to 42V DC

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

SUPPLY

K-FACTOR

OUTPUT

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.


WARNING

!

APPROVED

FM

Integral Type Converter4 to 20mA DC / PULSE

N200

N200

N200

N200

N200

N200

*1)

*1)

*1)

*1)

*1)

Integral Type Flowmeter


Explosion Proof

Intrinsically safeIntegral Type Flowmeter


MPa at 38 C


MPa at 38 C


MPa at 38 C

F100202.EPS

MWP

3WC

STYLEMODEL

SUFFIX

K-FACTOR

RANGE

NO.

TAG NO.

VORTEX FLOWMETER

WARNING

!

APPROVED

FMMPa at 38 C


*1)

TOKYO 180-8750 JAPANMade in *1) : Name and address of manufacturer.

*1) The product - producing country.

10-8



11-1

11. PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE


11. PRESSURE EQUIPMENT DIRECTIVE

This chapter is described further requirements and noticesconcerning the PED (Pressure Equipment Directive). Thedescription in this chapter is prior to other description in thisUser’s Manual.

(1) Technical DataType of Equipment: PipingType of Fluid: Liquid and GasGroup of Fluid: 1 and 2

Model

DY015

DY025

DY040

DY050

DY080

DY100

DY150

DY200

DY250

DY300

DY400

DN(mm)*

15

25

40

50

80

100

150

200

250

300

400****

PS(MPa)*

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

25

CATEGORY**

Article 3,***Paragraph 3

Article 3,***Paragraph 3

II

II

II

II

II

III

III

III

III

PS-DN(MPa-mm)

630

1050

1680

2100

3360

4200

6300

8400

10500

12600

10000T110001.EPS

* PS: Maximum allowable pressure for Flow Tube DN: Nominal size

** Referred to Table 6 covered by ANNEX II of EC Directive on Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC

*** DY015 and DY025 are not regulated by PED.**** Special-order product

(2) Installation

WARNING

• Please tighten the bolts for piping-jointaccording to the prescribed torque values.

• Please take measure to protect the flowmetersfrom forces caused by vibration through piping.

(3) Operation

WARNING

• The temperature and pressure of fluid should beapplied under the normal operating condition.

• The ambient temperature should be appliedunder the normal operating condition.

• Please pay attention to prevent the excessivepressure like water hammer, etc. Whenwater hammer is to be occurred, please takemeasures to prevent the pressure fromexceeding PS(maximum allowable pressure)by setting the safety valve, etc. at the systemand the like.

• When external fire is to be occurred, pleasetake safety measures at the device or systemnot to influence the flowmeters.

• Please pay attention not to be abrade themetal pipe, when the fluid to abrade the liningsuch as slurry and sand are contained.

WARNING

The operator is responsible that no corrosion and/or erosion is caused by the medium, whichreduces the safety of the unit as pressure vessel.Corrosion and erosion can make the unit fail andcan lead to the endangering of persons andfacilities. If corrosion and erosion are possible, theintegrity of the tubes has to be checkedperiodically.

IM 01R06A00-01E-H3rd edition, Jan. 2007

Subject to change without notice. Copyright ©

Manufactured by: or Produced by :Yokogawa Electric Corporation RotaYokogawa2-9-32 Nakacho Rheinstr. 8Musashino-Shi; Tokio 180 D-79664 WehrJapan Germany

IM 01R06A00-01E-E 3rd edition is based on IM 1F6A0-01E up to 10th edition.

Documents

User's Model DY Manual Vortex Flowmeter - Insatech · Vortex Flowmeter (Integral Type, Remote Type) Model DYA Vortex Flow Converter (Remote Type) IM 01R06A00-01E-E ... 2.4 Piping